STARTEK INC
S-1, 1997-01-29
Previous: METALLURG INC, T-3, 1997-01-29
Next: SELIGMAN VALUE FUND SERIES INC, N-8A, 1997-01-29



<PAGE>

       As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on January 29, 1997
                                                 Registration No. 333-    
===============================================================================
                          SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                                Washington, D.C. 20549
                                ----------------------
                                       FORM S-1
                                REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                        UNDER
                              THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
                                ----------------------
                                    STARTEK, INC.
                (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
<TABLE>
<S>                                  <C>                               <C>
     DELAWARE                                  7389                       84-1370538
(State or other jurisdiction          (Primary Standard Industrial      (I.R.S. Employer
of incorporation or organization)      Classification Code Number)     Identification No.)
</TABLE>
                                  111 HAVANA STREET
                                DENVER, COLORADO 80010
                                    (303) 361-6000
     (Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of
registrant's principal executive office)

                                  MICHAEL W. MORGAN
                        PRESIDENT AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
                                    STARTEK, INC.
                                  111 HAVANA STREET
                               DENVER, COLORADO  80010
                                    (303) 361-6000
          (Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number,
                including area code, of agent for service)
                                ----------------------
                                      Copies to:
     BLAIR L. LOCKWOOD, ESQ.                           PETER P. WALLACE, ESQ.
     KAREN L. BARSCH, ESQ.                            MILBANK, TWEED, HADLEY &
     OTTEN, JOHNSON, ROBINSON,                                 MCCLOY
     NEFF & RAGONETTI, P.C.                            601 S. FIGUEROA STREET
     950 17TH STREET, SUITE 1600                             30TH FLOOR
     DENVER, COLORADO  80202                      LOS ANGELES, CALIFORNIA  90017
     (303) 825-8400                                        (213) 892-4000
                                ----------------------
     Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:  As soon
as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.
                                ----------------------
     If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on
a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of
1933, check the following box:  [  ]

     If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box
and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier
effective registration statement for the same offering.  [  ]

     If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c)
under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement
for the same offering.  [  ]

     If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434,
please check the following box:  [  ]

                         CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
===============================================================================
<TABLE>
                                                                                    PROPOSED    
                                                                   PROPOSED          MAXIMUM     
                                                                    MAXIMUM         AGGREGATE     AMOUNT OF
TITLE OF EACH CLASS OF SECURITIES              AMOUNT TO BE      OFFERING PRICE     OFFERING     REGISTRATION
      TO BE REGISTERED                         REGISTERED(1)     PER SHARE(2)        PRICE(2)       FEE
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 
<S>                                          <C>                 <C>               <C>           <C>
Common Stock, par value $.01 per share       4,216,667 Shares       $16.00         $67,466,672    $20,445.00
</TABLE>
===============================================================================
(1)  Includes 550,000 shares which the Underwriters have the option to purchase
     to cover over-allotments, if any.
(2)  Estimated solely for the purpose of determining the registration fee
     pursuant to Rule 457 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
                                ----------------------
     THE REGISTRANT HEREBY AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE OR
DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT SHALL
FILE A FURTHER AMENDMENT WHICH SPECIFICALLY STATES THAT THIS REGISTRATION
STATEMENT SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(a) OF
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 OR UNTIL THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL BECOME
EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION, ACTING
PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION 8(a), MAY DETERMINE.
===============================================================================
<PAGE>

    Information contained herein is subject to completion or amendment.  A
registration statement relating to these securities has been filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission.  These securities may not be sold nor may
offers to buy be accepted prior to the time the registration statement becomes
effective.  This prospectus shall not constitute an offer to sell or the
solicitation of an offer to buy nor shall there be any sale of these securities
in any State in which such offer, solicitation or sale would be unlawful prior
to registration or qualification under the securities laws of any such State. <PAGE>

<PAGE>

                   SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED             , 1997
PROSPECTUS
                   , 1997
                                   3,666,667 SHARES

                                    STARTEK, INC.

                                     COMMON STOCK


     Of the 3,666,667 shares of common stock, $.01 par value per share (the
"Common Stock"), offered hereby, 3,000,000 shares are being sold by StarTek,
Inc. ("StarTek" or the "Company") and 666,667 shares are being sold by the
Selling Stockholders named herein.  The Company will not receive any of the
proceeds from the sale of shares by the Selling Stockholders.  See "Principal
and Selling Stockholders."  Prior to this offering, there has been no public
market for the Common Stock.  It is currently estimated that the initial public
offering price will be between $14.00 and $16.00 per share.  See "Underwriting"
for a discussion of the factors considered in determining the initial public
offering price.  The Company intends to file an application to list the Common
Stock on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol "SRT." 

  SEE "RISK FACTORS" BEGINNING ON PAGE 7 HEREOF FOR INFORMATION THAT SHOULD BE
                         CONSIDERED BY PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS.


THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
    EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR HAS THE
    SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION
         PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS.
        ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.


- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                         Price     Underwriting     Proceeds    Proceeds to the
                         to the    Discounts and     to the         Selling
                         Public    Commissions(1)   Company(2)   Stockholders
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Per Share ..........       $             $            $              $
Total(3)  .......... $             $              $            $
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(1)  THE COMPANY AND THE SELLING STOCKHOLDERS HAVE AGREED TO INDEMNIFY THE
     SEVERAL UNDERWRITERS AGAINST CERTAIN LIABILITIES, INCLUDING LIABILITIES
     UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED.  SEE "UNDERWRITING."
(2)  BEFORE DEDUCTING EXPENSES PAYABLE BY THE COMPANY, ESTIMATED AT $500,000. 
     THE COMPANY HAS AGREED TO PAY THE EXPENSES OF THE SELLING STOCKHOLDERS,
     OTHER THAN UNDERWRITING DISCOUNTS AND COMMISSIONS.
(3)  THE SELLING STOCKHOLDERS HAVE GRANTED TO THE UNDERWRITERS A 30-DAY OPTION
     TO PURCHASE UP TO 550,000 ADDITIONAL SHARES OF COMMON STOCK SOLELY TO COVER
     OVER-ALLOTMENTS, IF ANY.  IF SUCH OPTION IS EXERCISED IN FULL, THE TOTAL
     PRICE TO THE PUBLIC, UNDERWRITING DISCOUNTS AND COMMISSIONS, PROCEEDS TO
     THE COMPANY AND PROCEEDS TO THE SELLING STOCKHOLDERS WILL BE $_________,
     $__________, $__________ AND $__________, RESPECTIVELY.  SEE
     "UNDERWRITING."  

     The shares of Common Stock are being offered by the several Underwriters,
subject to prior sale, when, as and if accepted by the Underwriters, subject to
various prior conditions, including their right to reject any order in whole or
in part.  It is expected that delivery of share certificates will be made in New
York, New York, on or about               , 1997.


     DONALDSON, LUFKIN & JENRETTE                         MORGAN STANLEY & CO. 
       SECURITIES CORPORATION                                  INCORPORATED

<PAGE>

                                      [Graphics]
















     IN CONNECTION WITH THIS OFFERING, THE UNDERWRITERS MAY OVER-ALLOT OR EFFECT
TRANSACTIONS WHICH STABILIZE OR MAINTAIN THE MARKET PRICE OF THE COMMON STOCK AT
A LEVEL ABOVE THAT WHICH MIGHT OTHERWISE PREVAIL IN THE OPEN MARKET.  SUCH
TRANSACTIONS MAY BE EFFECTED ON THE NEW YORK STOCK EXCHANGE OR OTHERWISE.  SUCH
STABILIZING, IF COMMENCED, MAY BE DISCONTINUED AT ANY TIME.


<PAGE>


                                  PROSPECTUS SUMMARY


     THE FOLLOWING SUMMARY INFORMATION IS QUALIFIED IN ITS ENTIRETY BY THE MORE
DETAILED INFORMATION, INCLUDING "RISK FACTORS" AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
AND NOTES THERETO, INCLUDED ELSEWHERE IN THIS PROSPECTUS.  UNLESS OTHERWISE
INDICATED, INFORMATION IN THIS PROSPECTUS (I) GIVES EFFECT TO THE OFFERING
RELATED TRANSACTIONS (DEFINED AND DESCRIBED BELOW), (II) GIVES EFFECT TO A ___
FOR ONE STOCK SPLIT OF THE COMMON STOCK TO BE EFFECTED BY A STOCK DIVIDEND
IMMEDIATELY PRIOR TO THE CLOSING OF THIS OFFERING AND (III) ASSUMES AN INITIAL
PUBLIC OFFERING PRICE OF $15.00 PER SHARE OF COMMON STOCK, THE MIDPOINT OF THE
OFFERING PRICE RANGE SET FORTH ON THE COVER OF THIS PROSPECTUS.  UNLESS
OTHERWISE INDICATED, REFERENCES TO "STARTEK" AND THE "COMPANY" REFER TO STARTEK,
INC. AND ITS WHOLLY-OWNED SUBSIDIARIES, STARPAK, INC. AND STARPAK INTERNATIONAL,
LTD., COLLECTIVELY, OR, FOR PERIODS PRIOR TO JANUARY 1997, REFER TO STARPAK,
INC. AND STARPAK INTERNATIONAL, LTD., COLLECTIVELY.  SEE "OFFERING RELATED
TRANSACTIONS." 


                                     THE COMPANY

     StarTek is a leading international provider of integrated, value-added
outsourced services primarily for Fortune 500 companies in targeted industries. 
The Company's integrated outsourced services encompass a wide spectrum of
logistics management and customer-initiated ("inbound") teleservices throughout
a product's life cycle, including product order teleservices, supplier
management, product assembly and packaging, product distribution, product order
fulfillment, and customer care and technical support teleservices.  By focusing
on these services as its core business, StarTek allows its clients to focus on
their primary businesses, reduce overhead, replace fixed costs with variable
costs and reduce working capital needs.

     The Company has continuously expanded its business and facilities to offer
additional services on an outsourced basis in response to the growing needs of
its clients and to capitalize on market opportunities both domestically and
internationally.  StarTek operates from its Colorado facilities located in
Denver and Greeley and from a facility located in Hartlepool, England.  The
Company also operates through a subcontract relationship in Singapore.  For the
nine months ended September 30, 1996, the Company's revenues increased
approximately 88.3% to $44.8 million from $23.8 million for the nine months
ended September 30, 1995.  Income before management fee expense and income taxes
increased approximately 182.9% to $3.2 million from $1.1 million during the same
period. 

     StarTek's goal is to grow profitably by focusing on providing high-quality
integrated, value-added outsourced services.  StarTek has a strategic
partnership philosophy, through which the Company assesses each of its client's
needs and, together with the client, develops and implements customized
outsourcing solutions.  Management believes that its entrepreneurial culture,
long-term relationships with clients and suppliers, efficient operations,
dedication to quality and use of advanced technology and management techniques
provide StarTek a competitive advantage in attracting and retaining clients that
outsource non-core operations.  Three of the Company's top four clients have
utilized its outsourced services for more than five years and the fourth client
initiated services with the Company in April 1996.

     StarTek has focused primarily on the computer software, computer hardware,
electronics, telecommunications and other technology-related industries because
of their rapid growth, complex and evolving product offerings and large customer
bases, which require frequent, often sophisticated, customer interaction. 
Management believes that there are substantial opportunities to cross-sell
StarTek's wide spectrum of outsourced services to its existing base of
approximately 100 clients, which includes Broderbund Software, Inc., Electronic
Arts, Inc., Federal Express Corporation, Hewlett-Packard Company, Microsoft
Corporation, Polaroid Corporation, Simon & Schuster, Inc., Sony Electronics,
Inc., The 3DO Company, and Viacom International, Inc.  The Company intends to
capitalize on the increasing trend toward outsourcing by targeting potential
clients in other industries, including health care, financial services,
transportation services and consumer products, which could benefit from the
Company's expertise in developing and delivering integrated, cost-effective
outsourced services.


                                      2

<PAGE>

                            STARTEK'S INTEGRATED SERVICES

     The Company's interaction with a client's customers may begin with an
inbound call or message via the Internet requesting information or placing an
order for the client's product.  A StarTek service representative takes the
order, and if the Company manages the client's inventory, the Company packs and
ships the order.  If the Company does not manage the client's inventory, the
Company transmits the customer's request directly to the client.  In the event
the Company manages the client's inventory, the Company may receive finished
goods directly from a client or the Company may manage the production process on
an outsourced basis, following product specifications provided by the client. 
In the latter case, the Company selects and contracts with the necessary
suppliers and performs all tasks necessary to assemble and package the finished
product, which may be held by the Company pending receipt of customer orders or
shipped in bulk to distributors or retail outlets.

     The Company's clients typically provide their customers with telephone
numbers for product questions and technical support.  Calls are routed to
StarTek customer care or technical support service representatives who have been
trained to support specific products.  That request also may lead to an order
for another product or service offered by the client, in which case the Company
takes the order and the cycle may begin again.  StarTek's clients may utilize
one or more of the Company's outsourced services.


                                  BUSINESS STRATEGY

     StarTek's strategic objective is to increase revenues and earnings by
maintaining and enhancing its position as a leading international provider of
integrated, value-added outsourced services.  To reach this objective, the
Company intends to:

     PROVIDE INTEGRATED OUTSOURCED SERVICES.  StarTek seeks to provide
integrated outsourced services which enable its clients to provide their
customers with high-quality services at lower cost than through a client's own
in-house operations.  The Company believes that its ability to tailor
operations, materials and employee resources objectively and to provide
integrated value-added outsourced services on a cost-effective basis will allow
the Company to become an integral part of its clients' businesses.

     DEVELOP STRATEGIC PARTNERSHIPS AND LONG-TERM RELATIONSHIPS.  StarTek seeks
to develop long-term client relationships, primarily with Fortune 500 companies
in targeted industries.  The Company invests significant resources to establish
strategic partnership relationships and to understand each client's processes,
culture, decision parameters and goals, so as to develop and implement
customized solutions.  The Company believes that this solution-oriented,
value-added integrated approach to addressing its clients' needs distinguishes
StarTek from its competitors and plays a key role in the Company's ability to
attract and retain clients on a long-term basis.

     MAINTAIN LOW-COST POSITION THROUGH MODERN PROCESS MANAGEMENT.  StarTek
strives to establish a competitive advantage by frequently redefining its
operational processes to reduce costs and improve quality.  StarTek's continuous
improvement philosophy and modern process management techniques enable the
Company to reduce waste and increase efficiency in the following areas: 
(i) controlling overproduction; (ii) minimizing waiting time due to inefficient
work sequences; (iii) reducing inessential handling of materials;
(iv) eliminating nonessential movement and processing; (v) implementing
fail-safe processes; (vi) improving inventory management; and (vii) preventing
defects.

     EMPHASIZE QUALITY.  StarTek strives to achieve the highest quality
standards in the industry.  To this end, the Company has received ISO 9002
certification, an international standard for quality assurance and consistency
in operating procedures, for all of its domestic facilities and services, and
expects to receive ISO 9002 certification for its United Kingdom facility in
mid-1997.  Certain of the Company's existing clients require evidence of
ISO 9002 certification, and the Company anticipates that many potential clients
may require ISO 9002 certification prior to selecting an outsourcing provider.


                                      3

<PAGE>

     CAPITALIZE ON SOPHISTICATED TECHNOLOGY.  The Company believes it has
established a competitive advantage by capitalizing on sophisticated technology
and proprietary software, including automatic call distributors, inventory
management software, transportation management software, call tracking systems
and telephone-computer integration software.  These capabilities enable StarTek
to improve efficiency, serve as a transparent extension of its clients, receive
telephone calls and data directly from its clients' systems, and report detailed
information concerning the status and results of the Company's services and
interaction with clients on a daily basis.


                                   GROWTH STRATEGY

     The Company's growth strategy is designed to capitalize on the increasing
demand for outsourced services and improve and expand StarTek's position as an
international provider of integrated, value-added outsourced services.  This
strategy includes the following key elements:

     INCREASE CAPACITY.  Management believes that as a provider of outsourced
services it must be ready to serve its clients in periods of peak demand for its
clients' products or services.  Accordingly, the Company intends to continue to
increase product handling and teleservice workstation capacity to meet
anticipated demand for the Company's outsourced services.  During 1996, the
Company increased its teleservice workstations by 54.6%, to 558 from 361.  In
addition, the Company reengineered and expanded its primary product handling
facility to increase its daily capacity by 200.0%, to 180,000 units from 60,000
units for certain types of products.  

     CROSS-SELL SERVICES TO EXISTING CLIENTS.  Management believes there are
substantial opportunities to cross-sell its wide spectrum of outsourced services
to other divisions or operations within its existing clients' organizations. 
StarTek capitalizes on its relationships and comprehensive understanding of its
clients' businesses to identify additional divisions and areas where the Company
could provide its services.  For example, the Company's two oldest current
client relationships, which began in 1987 and 1988 utilizing only one service
each, today utilize substantially all of the Company's outsourced services. 
Management further believes that its ability to provide integrated solutions
helps the Company to create strategic partnership relationships and gives the
Company a competitive advantage to be selected as the service provider of
choice.  

     EXPAND CLIENT BASE.  The Company intends to capitalize on its low-cost
position and extensive offering of services to penetrate further the industries
which the Company currently serves and to seek clients in other industries. 
Management believes that there are several additional industries, including
health care, financial services, transportation services and consumer products,
which provide significant market opportunities to the Company.  To facilitate
the Company's anticipated growth, the Company increased its sales force to eight
full-time professionals as of the date of this offering, from four at the end of
1996.

     INCREASE INTERNATIONAL OPERATIONS.  The Company currently conducts business
in North America, Europe and Asia.  Management believes that many of the trends
leading to the growth of outsourced services in the United States are occurring
in international markets as well.  Management also believes that many companies,
including several of its existing multinational clients, are seeking outsourced
services on an international basis.  To capitalize on these international
opportunities, the Company intends to expand its international operations.

     DEVELOP NEW SERVICES.  Management believes that the trend toward
outsourcing and rapid technological advances will result in new products and
types of customer interactions which will create opportunities for the Company
to provide additional outsourced services.  StarTek intends to capitalize upon
its strategic long-term relationships to provide new outsourced services to its
clients as opportunities arise.

     ACQUIRE COMPLEMENTARY COMPANIES AND EXPAND STRATEGIC ALLIANCES.  StarTek
intends to evaluate the acquisition of complementary companies that could extend
its presence into new geographic markets or industries, expand its client base,
add new product or service applications and/or provide operating synergies. 
Management believes that there could be many domestic and international
acquisition and strategic alliance opportunities as companies consider 


                                      4

<PAGE>

selling their existing in-house operations and as smaller companies seek 
growth capital and economies of scale to remain competitive.

     The Company is a Delaware corporation with its executive offices at 111
Havana Street, Denver, Colorado 80010, and its telephone number is
(303) 361-6000.



                                 THE OFFERING
<TABLE>
<S>                                                 <C>
Common Stock Offered:
     By the Company ............................... 3,000,000 shares
     By Selling Stockholders(a) ...................   666,667 shares
                                                    ---------
          Total ................................... 3,666,667 shares

Common Stock outstanding after this offering(b) ... _________ shares

Use of Proceeds ................................... The estimated net proceeds to the Company of
                                                    $41.4 million from this offering will be used to 
                                                    repay substantially all outstanding indebtedness 
                                                    of the Company (including notes payable to the 
                                                    Selling Stockholders), related prepayment premiums, 
                                                    and for working capital and other general corporate
                                                    purposes, including capital expenditures to increase 
                                                    its capacity and for possible future acquisitions.  
                                                    See "Use of Proceeds."

Proposed New York Stock Exchange symbol ........... SRT
</TABLE>

- -------------------------
(a)  Assumes no exercise of the over-allotment option to purchase up to 
     550,000 additional shares granted by the Selling Stockholders to the
     Underwriters.  See "Principal and Selling Stockholders" and 
     "Underwriting."

(b)  Excludes 985,000 shares and 90,000 shares reserved for future issuance 
     under the Company's Option Plan and Director Option Plan, respectively.
     See "Management--Compensation of Directors" and "Management--Stock Option
     Plan." 


                             --------------------




                                      5

<PAGE>

                      SUMMARY COMBINED FINANCIAL DATA

     The following summary historical and pro forma combined financial data
should be read in conjunction with "Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and the Combined Financial
Statements and notes thereto, included elsewhere in this Prospectus.  The
financial data for the nine months ended September 30, 1995 and 1996 are not
necessarily indicative of the results which may be expected for any other
interim period or for a full year.

<TABLE>
                                        YEAR     SIX MONTHS                                    NINE MONTHS ENDED
                                        ENDED      ENDED         YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,          SEPTEMBER 30,  
                                       JUNE 30,  DECEMBER 31, -----------------------------    ------------------ 
                                         1992        1992       1993       1994       1995       1995       1996
                                                        (in thousands, except per share amounts)
<S>                                     <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
Revenues . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  $16,791    $11,880    $23,044    $26,341    $41,509    $23,793    $44,806
Operating profit . . . . . . . . . . .    1,705        832      1,526        497      2,938      1,399      3,513
Income before management fee
  expense and income taxes . . . . . .    1,618        824      1,333        281      2,542      1,135      3,211
Management fee expense . . . . . . . .     --          400      1,702        612      2,600        957      1,397
Net income (loss). . . . . . . . . . .    1,031        482       (369)      (331)       (58)       178      1,702

PRO FORMA STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
  DATA (UNAUDITED):
Historical income before management
  fees and income taxes. . . . . . . .                                              $ 2,542               $ 3,211
Pro forma income taxes . . . . . . . .                                                  948                 1,198
                                                                                    -------               -------
Pro forma net income(a). . . . . . . .                                              $ 1,594               $ 2,013
                                                                                    -------               -------
                                                                                    -------               -------
Pro forma net income per share . . . . 
Pro forma shares outstanding . . . . . 

SELECTED OPERATING DATA:
Capital expenditures . . . . . . . . .  $   136    $   153    $ 1,239    $   670    $ 2,105    $   459    $   581
Depreciation and amortization. . . . .      149         79        456        588        873        606        938

                                                                                         AT SEPTEMBER 30, 1996
                                                                                    --------------------------------
                                                                                                         PRO FORMA
                                                                                                 PRO         AS
                                                                                    ACTUAL     FORMA(b)  ADJUSTED(c)
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Working capital (deficit). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  $ 1,294   ($ 4,215)   $35,119
Total assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   17,167     17,167     48,597
Total debt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    4,291      9,800       --
Total stockholders' equity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    5,511          2     41,232
</TABLE>

- --------------- 
(a)  The Company was a C corporation for federal and state income tax purposes
     through June 30, 1992.  From and after July 1, 1992, the Company has been
     an S corporation and, accordingly, has not been subject to federal or state
     income taxes.  Pro forma net income (i) reflects the elimination of
     management fee expense and (ii) includes a provision for federal, state and
     foreign income taxes at an effective rate of 37.3%.  See "Offering Related
     Transactions."

(b)  The pro forma combined balance sheet at September 30, 1996 reflects, as
     notes payable to the Principal Stockholders, amounts relating to
     accumulated retained earnings and additional paid-in capital without
     reflecting any proceeds from the proposed public offering.  

(c)  Gives effect to the sale by the Company of 3,000,000 shares of Common Stock
     in this offering and the application of the estimated net proceeds
     therefrom, including repayment of indebtedness of the Company.  See "Use of
     Proceeds" and "Capitalization."

                                     6

<PAGE>

                                     RISK FACTORS

     IN ADDITION TO THE OTHER INFORMATION IN THIS PROSPECTUS, THE FOLLOWING 
FACTORS SHOULD BE CONSIDERED CAREFULLY IN EVALUATING THE COMPANY AND ITS 
BUSINESS BEFORE PURCHASING SHARES OF COMMON STOCK.

RELIANCE ON PRINCIPAL CLIENT RELATIONSHIPS

     A substantial portion of the Company's revenue is generated from 
relatively few clients and the loss of a significant client or clients could 
have a material, adverse effect on the Company's business, results of 
operations and financial condition.  The Company's two largest clients in 
1996 were Hewlett-Packard Company ("Hewlett Packard") and Microsoft 
Corporation ("Microsoft"). The Company provides various outsourced services 
to multiple divisions of Hewlett Packard, which the Company considers to be 
separate clients based upon the fact that each division acts through a 
relatively autonomous decision maker. In the aggregate, however, Hewlett 
Packard's various divisions accounted for approximately 39.3% of the 
Company's total revenues during 1996.  Microsoft, which began its outsourcing 
relationship with StarTek in April 1996, accounted for approximately 32.9% of 
the Company's total revenues during 1996.  There can be no assurance that the 
Company will be able to retain its significant clients or that, if it were to 
lose one or more of its significant clients, it would be able to replace such 
clients with clients that generate a comparable amount of revenues.  See 
"Business--Clients" and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial 
Condition and Results of Operations." 

VARIABILITY OF QUARTERLY OPERATING RESULTS

     The Company's business has been and is expected to be significantly slower
in the first and second quarters of each year due to the timing of its client's
marketing programs and the introduction of new products, which are typically
geared toward the Christmas holiday season.  Additionally, the Company has
experienced, and expects to experience in the future, quarterly variations in
revenues as a result of a variety of factors, many of which are outside the
Company's control, including:  (i) the timing of new projects; (ii) the
expiration or termination of existing projects; (iii) the timing of increased
expenses incurred to obtain and support new business; (iv) changes in the
Company's revenue mix among its various outsourced services; (v) the seasonal
pattern of certain of the businesses served by the Company; and (vi) the
cyclical nature of certain clients' businesses.  In 1995, the percentage of the
Company's revenues generated from the first through the fourth quarter were
19.2%, 14.8%, 23.3% and 42.7%, respectively.  If the Company's revenues are
below management's expectations in any given quarter, StarTek's operating
results could be materially adversely affected for that quarter.  See
"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations--Quarterly Results."
  
DIFFICULTIES OF MANAGING RAPID GROWTH

     The Company has experienced rapid growth over the past several years and
anticipates continued future growth.  Continued growth depends on a number of
factors, including the Company's ability to (i) initiate, develop and maintain
new and existing client relationships and expand its marketing operations;
(ii) recruit, motivate and retain qualified management and other personnel;
(iii) rapidly expand the capacity of the Company's existing facilities or
identify, acquire or lease suitable new facilities on acceptable terms, and
complete build-outs of such facilities in a timely and economic fashion;
(iv) maintain the high quality of the services that StarTek provides to its
clients; and (v) maintain relationships with high-quality and reliable
suppliers.  The Company's continued rapid growth can be expected to place a
significant strain on the Company's management, operations, employees and
resources.  There can be no assurance that the Company will be able to maintain
or accelerate its current growth, effectively manage its expanding operations or
achieve planned growth on a timely or profitable basis.  If the Company is
unable to manage growth effectively, its business, results of operations and
financial condition could be materially adversely affected.  See
"Business--Growth Strategy."


                                    7
<PAGE>

DEPENDENCE ON KEY PERSONNEL

     The Company's success to date has depended in large part on the skills and
efforts of A. Emmet Stephenson, Jr., the Company's co-founder and Chairman of
the Board, and of Michael W. Morgan, the Company's co-founder, President and
Chief Executive Officer.  Although A. Emmet Stephenson, Jr. and Michael W.
Morgan will own approximately ___% and ___% of the outstanding Common Stock
(___% and ___% if the Underwriters' over-allotment option is fully exercised)
after this offering, neither has entered into an employment agreement with the
Company and there can be no assurance that the Company can retain the services
of these individuals.  The loss of either of Messrs. Stephenson or Morgan, or
the Company's inability to hire or retain other qualified officers or key
employees, could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business,
results of operations, growth prospects and financial condition.  See
"Management."

DEPENDENCE ON KEY INDUSTRIES AND TREND TOWARD OUTSOURCING

     The Company's clients are primarily Fortune 500 companies involved in
technology-related industries.  The Company's business and growth is largely
dependent on the continued demand for the Company's services from clients in
these industries and industries targeted by the Company, and current trends in
such industries to outsource their product order teleservices, supplier
management, product assembly and packaging, product distribution, product order
fulfillment, inbound customer care and technical support teleservices and other
outsourced services offered by the Company.  A general economic downturn in the
computer industry or in other industries targeted by the Company or a slowdown
or reversal of the trend in any of these industries to outsource services
provided by the Company could have a material adverse effect on the Company's
business, results of operations, growth prospects and financial condition.  See
"Business--Clients."

RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH THE COMPANY'S CONTRACTS

     Although the Company currently seeks to sign multi-year contracts with its
clients, the Company's contracts generally (i) permit termination upon
relatively short notice by the client; (ii) do not designate the Company as the
client's exclusive outsourced service provider; (iii) do not penalize the client
for early termination; and (iv) hold the Company responsible for products which
fail to meet the clients' specifications.  Further, the Company frequently works
on a purchase order basis with no minimum purchase guarantee.  Several of the
Company's contracts require the Company to maintain its ISO 9002 certification. 
Management believes, however,  that maintaining satisfactory relationships with
its clients has a more significant impact on the Company's revenues than the
specific terms of its client contracts.  Although several of the Company's
clients have elected not to renew or extend short-term contracts, or have
terminated contracts on relatively short notice to the Company, to date, none of
the foregoing types of contractual provisions has had a material adverse effect
on the Company's business, results of operations or financial condition.  See
"Business--Services," "Business--Sales and Marketing," and "Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations."

     Substantially all of the Company's significant arrangements with its
clients for product order teleservices, supplier management, product assembly
and packaging, product distribution, product order fulfillment and customer care
and technical support teleservices generate revenues based, in large part, on
the number and duration of customer inquiries (subject to certain minimum
monthly payments) and the volume, complexity and type of components involved in
the client's products.  Changes in the number or type of components of product
units assembled by the Company may have an effect on the Company's revenues
independent of the number of product units assembled.  Consequently, the amount
of revenues generated from any particular client is generally dependent upon
customers' purchase and use of the client's products.  There can be no assurance
as to the number of customers who will be attracted to the products of the
Company's clients or that the Company's clients will continue to develop new
products that will require the Company's services.  See "Business--Clients" and
"Business--Technology."


                                     8
<PAGE>

RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH RAPIDLY CHANGING TECHNOLOGY

     The Company's business is highly dependent on its computer equipment,
telecommunications equipment and software systems.  The Company's failure to
maintain sophisticated technological capabilities or to respond effectively to
technological changes could have a material adverse effect on the Company's
business, results of operations and financial condition.  The Company's future
success also will be highly dependent upon its ability to enhance existing
services and introduce new services to respond to changing technological
developments.  Significant advances or changes in technology, which
significantly reduce or eliminate the need for services provided by the Company,
could have a material adverse effect on the Company's business.  For example,
significant development of the Internet as a delivery system for computer
software and game play could adversely impact the demand for the Company's
product order teleservices, product order fulfillment, product assembly and
packaging and product distribution services.  There can be no assurance that the
Company can successfully develop and bring to market any new services in a
timely manner, that such services will be commercially successful or that
clients' and competitors' technologies or services will not render the Company's
services noncompetitive or obsolete.  See "Business--Technology."

RISKS OF BUSINESS INTERRUPTION

     The Company's operations are dependent upon its ability to protect its
facilities, clients' products, confidential customer information, computer
equipment, telecommunications equipment and software systems against damage from
fire, power loss, telecommunications interruption, natural disaster, theft,
unauthorized intrusion, computer viruses and other emergencies, and the ability
of its suppliers to deliver component parts on an expedited basis.  While the
Company maintains contingency plans for such events or emergencies and backs up
its computers daily, there can be no assurance that such plans will be
sufficient.  In the event the Company experiences a temporary or permanent
interruption or other emergency at one or more of its facilities through
casualty, operating malfunction, employee malfeasance, disruption of supplier
arrangements or otherwise, the Company's business could be materially adversely
affected and the Company may be required to pay contractual damages to its
clients or allow its clients to terminate or renegotiate their contracts with
the Company.  While the Company maintains property and business interruption
insurance, such insurance may not adequately compensate the Company for all
losses that it may incur.  See "Business--Services."

RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH INTERNATIONAL OPERATIONS AND EXPANSION

     The Company currently conducts business in Europe and Asia, in addition to
its North American operations.  Such international operations accounted for
approximately 21.0% of the Company's revenues for 1996.  A component of the
Company's growth strategy is to expand its international operations.  There can
be no assurance that the Company will be able to continue or expand its capacity
to market, sell and deliver its services in international markets, or that it
will be able to acquire companies or integrate acquired companies to expand
international operations.  In addition, there are certain risks inherent in
conducting international business, including exposure to currency fluctuations,
longer payment cycles, greater difficulties in accounts receivable collection,
difficulties in complying with a variety of foreign laws, unexpected changes in
regulatory requirements, difficulties in staffing and managing foreign
operations, political instability and potentially adverse tax consequences. 
There can be no assurance that one or more of such factors will not have a
material adverse effect on the Company's international operations and,
consequently, on the Company's business, results of operations, growth prospects
and financial condition.  See "Business--Growth Strategy" and
"Business--Services."


                                     9
<PAGE>

DEPENDENCE ON LABOR FORCE

     The Company's success is largely dependent on its ability to recruit, hire,
train and retain qualified employees.  The Company's industry is labor intensive
and has experienced high personnel turnover.  Some of the Company's operations,
particularly its technical support teleservices, require specially trained
employees.  A significant increase in the Company's employee turnover rate could
increase the Company's recruiting and training costs and decrease operating
efficiency and productivity.  Also, the addition of significant new clients or
the implementation of new large-scale programs may require the Company to
recruit, hire and train qualified personnel at an accelerated rate.  There can
be no assurance that the Company will be able to continue to recruit, hire,
train and retain sufficient qualified personnel to staff adequately for existing
business or future growth.  In addition, because a significant portion of the
Company's operating costs relate to labor costs, an increase in wages (including
an increase in the mandatory minimum wage by the federal government), costs of
employee benefits, or employment taxes could have a material adverse effect on
the Company's business, results of operations and financial condition.  Further,
certain of the Company's facilities are located in geographic areas with
relatively low unemployment rates, thus potentially making it more difficult and
costly to hire qualified personnel.  See "Business--Employees and Training" and
"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations."

SUBSTANTIAL PORTION OF NET PROCEEDS ALLOCATED FOR GENERAL WORKING CAPITAL

     A substantial portion ($31.4 million) of the net proceeds to the Company
from this offering has been allocated to working capital and other general
corporate purposes.  This amount may increase substantially as other anticipated
uses of net proceeds are funded through cash flow or otherwise reduced.  The net
proceeds may be utilized at the discretion of the Board of Directors.  As a
result, investors may not know in advance how such net proceeds will be utilized
by the Company.  See "Use of Proceeds."

CONTROL BY PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

     Prior to this offering, all of the outstanding capital stock of the Company
was owned or controlled by executive officers of the Company and their
affiliates (collectively, the "Principal Stockholders").  Following closing of
this offering, A. Emmet Stephenson, Jr., Chairman of the Board of the
Company, and his family, will beneficially own approximately ___% of the
outstanding shares of Common Stock (approximately ___% if the Underwriters'
over-allotment option is fully exercised).  As a result, Mr. Stephenson and his
family will continue to be able to elect the entire Board of Directors of the
Company and to control substantially all other matters requiring action by the
Company's stockholders.  Such voting concentration may have the effect of
discouraging, delaying or preventing a change in control of the Company.  See
"Principal and Selling Stockholders."

HIGHLY COMPETITIVE MARKET

     The markets in which the Company competes are highly competitive.  The 
Company expects competition to persist and intensify in the future.  The 
Company's competitors include small firms offering specific applications, 
divisions of large companies, large independent firms and, most 
significantly, the in-house operations of the Company's clients or potential 
clients.  A number of competitors have or may develop financial and other 
resources greater than those of the Company.  Similarly, there can be no 
assurance that additional competitors with greater name recognition and 
resources than the Company will not enter the Company's markets.  Because the 
in-house operations of the Company's existing or potential clients are 
significant competitors of the Company, the Company's performance and growth 
could be negatively impacted if its existing clients decide to provide 
in-house services that currently are outsourced or if potential clients 
retain or increase their in-house capabilities.  Further, a decision by a 
major client to consolidate its outsourced services with a company other than 
StarTek may have an adverse impact on the Company, particularly due to the 
fact that the Company is not the largest supplier of any of the services 
currently provided by the Company to any of its largest clients.  In addition,


                                      10
<PAGE>

competitive pressures from current or future competitors could result in 
significant price erosion, which could have a material adverse effect upon 
the Company's business, results of operations and financial condition.  See 
"Business--Industry and Competition."

DIFFICULTIES OF COMPLETING AND INTEGRATING ACQUISITIONS AND JOINT VENTURES

     One component of the Company's growth strategy is to pursue strategic
acquisitions of companies that have services, products, technologies, industry
specializations or geographic coverage that extend or complement the Company's
existing business.  The Company has never made an acquisition and there can be
no assurance that the Company will be able to identify or acquire any such
companies on favorable terms.  If an acquisition is completed, there can be no
assurance that such acquisition will enhance the Company's business, results of
operations or financial condition.  As part of its growth strategy, the Company
may also pursue opportunities to undertake strategic alliances in the form of
joint ventures.  Joint ventures involve many of the same risks as acquisitions,
as well as additional risks associated with possible lack of control of the
joint ventures.  See "Use of Proceeds" and "Business--Growth Strategy."

NO PRIOR PUBLIC MARKET; VOLATILITY OF STOCK PRICE

     Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for the Common
Stock, and there can be no assurance that an active public market for the Common
Stock will develop or be sustained after this offering, or that the market price
of the Common Stock will not decline below the initial public offering price. 
The initial public offering price of the Common Stock offered hereby will be
determined by negotiations among the Company, the Selling Stockholders and the
Underwriters based upon several factors and may not be indicative of the market
price at which the Common Stock will trade after this offering.  See
"Underwriting" for a discussion of the factors considered in determining the
initial public offering price.  

     The market price of the Common Stock may be highly volatile and could be
subject to wide fluctuations in response to quarterly variations in operating
results, the success of the Company in implementing its business and growth
strategies, announcements of new contracts or contract cancellations,
announcements of technological innovations or new products or services by the
Company or its competitors, changes in financial estimates by securities
analysts or other events or factors.  In addition, the stock market has
experienced significant price and volume fluctuations that have particularly
affected the market prices of equity securities of many companies and that have
often been unrelated to the operating performance of such companies.  These
broad market fluctuations may adversely affect the market price of the Common
Stock.  In the past, following periods of volatility in the market price of a
company's securities, securities class action litigation has often been
instituted against such a company.  Any such litigation initiated against the
Company could result in substantial costs and a diversion of management's
attention and resources, which could have a material adverse effect on the
Company's business, results of operations and financial condition.  See
"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations--Quarterly Results."

SUBSTANTIAL AND IMMEDIATE DILUTION

     Investors in this offering will incur immediate dilution of $_____ per
share in the pro forma net tangible book value per share of Common Stock (based
upon the initial public offering price of $15.00 per share).  See "Dilution."


                                     11
<PAGE>

SUBSTANTIAL NUMBER OF SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

     The sale of a substantial number of shares of Common Stock, or the 
perception that such sales could occur, could adversely affect prevailing 
market prices of the Common Stock.  The Company is unable to make any 
prediction as to the effect, if any, that future sales of Common Stock or the 
availability of Common Stock for sale may have on the market price of the 
Common Stock prevailing from time to time.  In addition, any such sale or 
such perception could make it more difficult for the Company to sell equity 
securities or equity-related securities in the future at a time and price 
that the Company deems appropriate.  Upon closing of this offering, the 
Company will have _____ shares of Common Stock outstanding, excluding shares 
of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of options outstanding under the 
StarTek, Inc. Stock Option Plan (the "Option Plan") and the StarTek, Inc. 
Director Stock Option Plan (the "Director Option Plan").  The Company and the 
Selling Stockholders have agreed not to offer, sell, contract to sell or 
otherwise dispose of, any shares of Common Stock for a period of 180 days 
after the date of this offering without the prior consent of Donaldson, 
Lufkin & Jenrette Securities Corporation ("DLJ").  Following expiration of 
that 180-day period, substantially all of the shares of Common Stock held by 
the Selling Stockholders will be eligible for public sale, subject to 
compliance with certain volume limitations prescribed by Rule 144 under the 
Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"). See "Shares 
Eligible for Future Sale" and "Underwriting."

ANTI-TAKEOVER PROVISIONS

     Upon closing of this offering, the Board of Directors will have the 
authority to issue up to 15,000,000 shares of preferred stock and to 
determine the price, rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions, 
including voting rights, of those shares without any vote or action by the 
stockholders.  The rights of the holders of the Common Stock will be subject 
to, and may be adversely affected by, the rights of the holders of any 
preferred stock that may be issued in the future.  The issuance of the 
preferred stock, while providing desirable flexibility in connection with 
possible acquisitions and other corporate purposes, could have the effect of 
making it more difficult for a third party to acquire a majority of the 
outstanding voting stock of the Company.  The Company has no present plan to 
issue any shares of preferred stock.  Furthermore, certain provisions of the 
Company's Restated Certificate of Incorporation, Restated Bylaws and Delaware 
law could delay or complicate a merger, tender offer or proxy contest 
involving the Company.  See "Description of Capital Stock."

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

      This Prospectus contains forward-looking statements that can be 
identified by the use of forward-looking terminology such as "may," "will," 
"should," "expect," "anticipate," "estimate," or "continue" for the negation 
thereof or other variations thereon or comparable terminology.  The matters 
set forth under "Risk Factors" constitute cautionary statements identifying 
important factors with respect to such forward-looking statements, including 
certain risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ 
materially from those in such forward-looking statements.


                                      12
<PAGE>

                       OFFERING RELATED TRANSACTIONS

     The following transactions will be completed prior to the closing of 
this offering (the "Offering Related Transactions").

TERMINATION OF S CORPORATION STATUS

     Since July 1, 1992, the Company has been classified as an S corporation 
under Subchapter S of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and 
comparable state tax laws.  As a result, the earnings of the Company have 
been taxed for federal and state income tax purposes directly to its 
stockholders, rather than to the Company.  The S corporation status of the 
Company will terminate upon closing of this offering, and, accordingly, from 
and after such date, the Company will be directly subject to federal and 
state income taxes. Immediately prior to the closing of this offering, the 
Company will take certain actions relating to the termination of the S 
corporation status of the Company and its subsidiaries, as described below.  
See "Termination of Management Fees" and "Notes Payable to Principal 
Stockholders" below.

TERMINATION OF MANAGEMENT FEES

     Historically, the Company has paid certain management fees and bonuses 
to the Principal Stockholders, and/or their affiliates, for services rendered 
to the Company, in amounts generally equal to the annual earnings of the 
Company. The Principal Stockholders have reinvested in the Company an amount 
equal to approximately 53% of the management fees and bonuses received, with 
a substantial portion of the balance used to pay applicable federal and state 
income taxes.  The Company has terminated such management fee and bonus 
arrangements as of December 31, 1996, and no similar management fees or 
bonuses will be paid to the Principal Stockholders or their affiliates after 
the closing of this offering.  After closing of this offering, an affiliate 
of A. Emmet Stephenson, Jr., will, however, be paid an advisory fee as 
described in "Certain Relationships and Related Party 
Transactions--Management Fees," and Michael W. Morgan may be paid bonuses at 
the discretion of the Compensation Committee (as defined below).  See 
"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of 
Operations," "Management," and "Certain Relationships and Related Party 
Transactions--Management Fees."

NOTES PAYABLE TO PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

     Immediately prior to closing this offering, the Company will declare a 
dividend in an amount equal to the estimated additional paid-in capital and 
retained earnings of the Company as of the closing date, payable to the 
Principal Stockholders pursuant to certain promissory notes, which will equal 
$5.5 million, plus an adjustment for any additional paid-in capital and 
retained earnings after September 30, 1996 through the closing date.  The 
promissory notes payable to the Principal Stockholders will be paid from net 
proceeds to the Company from this offering.  From this amount, the Principal 
Stockholders will be required to pay applicable federal and state income 
taxes on earnings of the Company attributable to the period from January 1, 
1997 through closing of this offering, the period in which the Company will 
continue to operate as an S corporation.  See "Use of Proceeds" and "Certain 
Relationships and Related Party Transactions--Notes Payable to Principal 
Stockholders."


                                      13
<PAGE>

FORMATION OF STARTEK AND HOLDING COMPANY STRUCTURE

     The Company was incorporated in Delaware in December 1996.  Effective 
January 1, 1997, shareholders of StarPak, Inc. exchanged all of their 
outstanding shares of capital stock for shares of common stock of the 
Company, and StarPak, Inc. became a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company.  
Effective January 24, 1997, shareholders of StarPak International, Ltd. 
contributed all of their outstanding shares of capital stock to the Company, 
and StarPak International, Ltd. became a wholly-owned subsidiary of the 
Company. Accordingly, the Company became a holding company for the businesses 
conducted by StarPak, Inc. and StarPak International, Ltd.





                                      14
<PAGE>

                                USE OF PROCEEDS

     The net proceeds to the Company from the sale of the 3,000,000 shares of 
Common Stock by the Company offered hereby, after deducting the estimated 
underwriting discounts and commissions and offering expenses payable by the 
Company, are estimated to be $41.4 million, assuming an initial public 
offering price of $15.00 per share (the midpoint of the offering range set 
forth on the cover page of this Prospectus).  The Company will not receive 
any proceeds from the sale of shares of Common Stock by the Selling 
Stockholders.  See "Principal and Selling Stockholders."

     The Company intends to use approximately $9.8 million of the net 
proceeds of this offering to repay substantially all of its outstanding 
indebtedness, which includes approximately $1.3 million of bank and mortgage 
indebtedness, $2.3 million of capitalized lease obligations, $0.7 million of 
notes payable to stockholders and $5.5 million of notes payable to Principal 
Stockholders (subject to adjustment as described in "Offering Related 
Transactions").  The Company will pay approximately $120,000 of prepayment 
premiums in connection with the repayment of the capitalized lease 
obligations.  See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial 
Condition and Results of Operations--Liquidity and Capital Resources."  The 
balance of the net proceeds (approximately $31.4 million) will be used for 
working capital and other general corporate purposes, including approximately 
$10.0 million for capital expenditures to expand and build-out its existing 
facilities (to increase its number of teleservice workstations and product 
handling capacity) and to make strategic acquisitions of complementary 
businesses.  The Company has not entered into any agreements, commitments or 
understandings and is not currently engaged in any negotiations with respect 
to any such acquisitions.  Pending such uses, the Company plans to invest the 
net proceeds to the Company from this offering in investment grade, 
interest-bearing securities.  See "Risk Factors--Substantial Portion of Net 
Proceeds Allocated for General Working Capital," and "Offering Related 
Transactions--Notes Payable to Principal Stockholders."





                                     15
<PAGE>

                              DIVIDEND POLICY

     The Company intends to retain all future earnings in order to finance 
continued growth and development of its business and does not expect to pay 
any cash dividends with respect to its Common Stock in the foreseeable 
future.  The Company expects that any future credit facility will limit or 
restrict the payment of dividends.  The payment of any dividends will be at 
the discretion of the Company's Board of Directors and will depend upon, 
among other things, the availability of funds, future earnings, capital 
requirements, contractual restrictions, the general financial condition of 
the Company and general business conditions.






                                      16
<PAGE>
                                      
                               CAPITALIZATION

     The following table sets forth the capitalization of the Company as of 
September 30, 1996 on (i) a historical basis, (ii) a pro forma basis to give 
effect to the Offering Related Transactions, and (iii) a pro forma as 
adjusted basis to give effect to the sale by the Company of 3,000,000 shares 
of Common Stock in this offering and the application of the estimated net 
proceeds therefrom.  The capitalization of the Company should be read in 
conjunction with "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition 
and Results of Operations," "Use of Proceeds," "Offering Related 
Transactions," and the Combined Financial Statements and notes thereto, 
included elsewhere in this Prospectus. 

                                                     SEPTEMBER 30, 1996        
                                              -------------------------------- 
                                                                    PRO FORMA  
                                               ACTUAL   PRO FORMA  AS ADJUSTED 
                                                 (unaudited, in thousands)     
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS..................    $  452     $  452     $31,882 
                                               ------     ------     ------- 
                                               ------     ------     ------- 
DEBT:
  Line of credit...........................    $  886     $  886          -- 
  Capital lease obligations................     2,338      2,338          -- 
  Payable to stockholders .................       711        711          -- 
  Notes payable to Principal Stockholders..        --      5,509          -- 
  Other debt...............................       356        356          -- 
                                               ------     ------     ------- 
    TOTAL DEBT.............................     4,291      9,800          -- 

STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY:
  Preferred stock, undesignated, par value 
    $.01 per share; 15,000,000 shares 
    authorized, no shares issued and
    outstanding............................        --         --          -- 
  Common stock, par value $.01 per share; 
    95,000,000 shares authorized, _______ 
    shares issued and outstanding, _______
    shares issued and outstanding, as 
    adjusted(a)............................         1          1          31 
  Additional paid-in capital...............     2,908         --      41,320 
  Cumulative translation adjustment........         1          1           1 
  Retained earnings........................     2,814         --        (120)
  Note receivable - stockholder............      (213)        --          -- 
                                               ------     ------     ------- 
    TOTAL STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY.............     5,511          2      41,232 
                                               ------     ------     ------- 
    TOTAL CAPITALIZATION...................    $9,802     $9,802     $41,232 
                                               ------     ------     ------- 
                                               ------     ------     ------- 

- --------------- 
(a)  Excludes 985,000 shares and 90,000 shares of Common Stock reserved for
     issuance under the Option Plan and the Director Option Plan, respectively,
     705,000 shares of which will be subject to options to be granted on or
     prior to closing of this offering.  See "Management--Compensation of
     Directors" and "Management--Stock Option Plan." 



                                      17 
<PAGE>

                                   DILUTION 

     As of December 31, 1996, the Company had a pro forma net tangible book
value of $__________, or $__________ per share of Common Stock, based upon _____
shares of Common Stock outstanding.  Pro forma net tangible book value per share
is determined by dividing the pro forma net tangible book value of the Company
(total tangible assets less total liabilities), giving effect to the Offering
Related Transactions on such date, by the number of shares of Common Stock
outstanding as of such date after giving effect to a ____ for one stock split of
the Common Stock.  After giving effect to the Offering Related Transactions, a
_____ for one stock split of the Common Stock and the sale by the Company of the
3,000,000 shares of Common Stock offered by the Company hereby at an assumed
initial public offering price of $15.00 per share and application of the net
proceeds therefrom, the Company's pro forma net tangible book value as of
December 31, 1996 would have been $__________, or $_____ per share of Common
Stock.  This represents an immediate increase in pro forma net tangible book
value of $_____ per share to the Principal Stockholders and an immediate
dilution in net tangible book value of $_____ per share to new investors
purchasing shares of Common Stock in this offering.  The following table
illustrates the per share dilution to the new investors:

     Assumed initial public offering price per share...              $15.00 

     Pro forma net tangible book value per share as 
       of December 31, 1996............................    $         
                                                           ------    
     Increase in pro forma net tangible book value 
       per share attributable to new investors.........              
                                                           ------    
     Pro forma net tangible book value per share after 
       giving effect to this offering..................              
                                                                     ------ 
     Pro forma net tangible book value dilution per 
       share to new investors..........................              $      
                                                                     ------ 
                                                                     ------ 

     The following table sets forth as of December 31, 1996, on a pro forma 
basis, the number of shares purchased from the Company, the total 
consideration paid and the average price per share paid by the Principal 
Stockholders and new investors purchasing shares of Common Stock from the 
Company in this offering: 

<TABLE>
                             SHARES PURCHASED        TOTAL CONSIDERATION    
                         -----------------------   ------------------------   AVERAGE PRICE 
                          NUMBER      PERCENTAGE     AMOUNT      PERCENTAGE     PER SHARE   

<S>                      <C>          <C>          <C>           <C>          <C>           
Principal Stockholders..                   . %     $                  . %         $   .  
                         ---------      ----       -----------     -----           ----
New investors........... 3,000,000         .        45,000,000        .               .  
                         ---------      ----       -----------     -----           ----
  Total.................                100.0%     $               100.0%
                         ---------      -----      -----------     ----- 
                         ---------      -----      -----------     ----- 
</TABLE>

The foregoing table excludes 985,000 shares and 90,000 shares reserved for 
issuance under the Option Plan and Director Option Plan, respectively.  See 
"Management--Compensation of Directors" and "Management--Stock Option Plan."





                                      18 
<PAGE>

                      SELECTED COMBINED FINANCIAL DATA

     The following selected combined financial data for the years ended 
December 31, 1993, 1994 and 1995, and as of December 31, 1994 and 1995 have 
been derived from the combined financial statements of the Company, which 
have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, included elsewhere in this 
Prospectus.  The selected combined financial data (i) for the year ended June 
30, 1992 and the six months ended December 31, 1992, (ii) as of June 30, 
1992, December 31, 1992 and 1993, and September 30, 1995 and 1996, and (iii) for
the nine months ended September 30, 1995 and 1996, is unaudited.  Interim 
results, in the opinion of management, include all adjustments (consisting 
only of normal recurring adjustments) necessary to present fairly the 
financial information for such periods; however, such results are not 
necessarily indicative of the results which may be expected for any other 
interim period or for a full year.  This information should be read in 
conjunction with "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition 
and Results of Operations" and the Combined Financial Statements and notes 
thereto, included elsewhere in this Prospectus. 

<TABLE>
                                        YEAR      SIX MONTHS                                   NINE MONTHS ENDED 
                                        ENDED       ENDED          YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,      SEPTEMBER 30,   
                                       JUNE 30,   DECEMBER 31,   ---------------------------   ----------------- 
                                        1992          1992         1993      1994      1995      1995      1996  
                                                       (in thousands, except per share amounts)                  
<S>                                    <C>        <C>            <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>     
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
Revenues............................   $16,791      $11,880      $23,044   $26,341   $41,509   $23,793   $44,806 
Cost of services....................    13,273        9,779       18,039    21,355    33,230    18,674    35,974 
                                       -------      -------      -------   -------   -------   -------   ------- 
Gross profit........................     3,518        2,101        5,005     4,986     8,279     5,119     8,832 
Selling, general and 
  administrative expenses...........     1,813        1,269        3,479     4,489     5,341     3,720     5,319 
                                       -------      -------      -------   -------   -------   -------   ------- 
Operating profit....................     1,705          832        1,526       497     2,938     1,399     3,513 
Net interest expense and other......        87            8          193       216       396       264       302 
                                       -------      -------      -------   -------   -------   -------   ------- 
Income before management fee
  expense and income taxes..........     1,618          824        1,333       281     2,542     1,135     3,211 
Management fee expense..............        --          400        1,702       612     2,600       957     1,397 
Income tax expense (benefit)........       587          (58)          --        --        --        --       112 
                                       -------      -------      -------   -------   -------   -------   ------- 
Net income (loss)...................   $ 1,031      $   482      $  (369)  $  (331)  $   (58)  $   178   $ 1,702 
                                       -------      -------      -------   -------   -------   -------   ------- 
                                       -------      -------      -------   -------   -------   -------   ------- 
PRO FORMA STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
 DATA (UNAUDITED):
Historical income before management 
  fees and income taxes.............                                                 $ 2,542             $ 3,211 
Pro forma income taxes..............                                                     948               1,198 
                                                                                     -------             ------- 
Pro forma net income(a).............                                                 $ 1,594             $ 2,013 
                                                                                     -------             ------- 
                                                                                     -------             ------- 
Pro forma net income per share......
Pro forma shares outstanding........

SELECTED OPERATING DATA:
Capital expenditures................   $   136      $   153      $ 1,239   $   670   $ 2,105   $   459   $   581 
Depreciation and amortization.......       149           79          456       588       873       606       938 

BALANCE SHEET DATA (END OF PERIOD):
Working capital.....................   $ 1,058      $ 1,560      $   943   $   434   $   798   $   474   $ 1,294 
Total assets........................     4,032        6,614        7,712    12,352    21,580    14,094    17,167 
Total debt..........................       587          732        2,473     3,288     7,294     4,493     4,291 
Total stockholders' equity..........     1,637        2,031        2,624     3,006     3,798     3,370     5,511 

</TABLE>

- --------------- 
(a)  The Company was a C corporation for federal and state income tax purposes
     through June 30, 1992.  From and after July 1, 1992, the Company has been
     an S corporation and, accordingly, has not been subject to federal or state
     income taxes.  Pro forma net income (i) reflects the elimination of
     management fee expense and (ii) includes a provision for federal, state and
     foreign income taxes at an effective rate of 37.3%.  See "Offering Related
     Transactions."

                                     19 
<PAGE>
        MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
                         AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS


     The following discussion should be read in conjunction with the Combined 
Financial Statements and notes thereto, included elsewhere in this Prospectus.

OVERVIEW

     The Company has grown profitably by developing integrated outsourced 
services that enable its clients to provide their customers with high-quality 
services at lower costs than a client's own in-house operations.  StarTek has 
continuously expanded its business and facilities to offer additional 
services in response to the growing needs of its clients and to capitalize on 
market opportunities both domestically and internationally.  From 1993 to 
1995, the Company's revenues and income before management fee expense and 
income taxes grew at compound annual growth rates of approximately 34.2% and 
38.1%, respectively.  For the nine months ended September 30, 1996, the 
Company's revenues increased approximately 88.3% to $44.8 million from $23.8 
million for the nine months ended September 30, 1995.  Income before 
management fee expense and income taxes increased approximately 182.9% to 
$3.2 million from $1.1 million during the same period.  Management attributes 
this growth to the successful implementation of the Company's strategy of 
developing long-term strategic partnerships with large clients in targeted 
industries.  

     StarTek generates its revenues by providing integrated outsourced 
services throughout a product's life cycle, including product order 
teleservices, supplier management, product assembly and packaging, product 
distribution, product order fulfillment, and inbound customer care and 
technical support teleservices.  The Company generally recognizes revenues as 
services are performed under each contract.  Substantially all of the 
Company's significant arrangements with its clients for its services generate 
revenues based, in large part, on the number and duration of customer 
inquiries (subject to certain minimum monthly payments) and the volume, 
complexity and type of components involved in the handling of the client's 
products.  Changes in the number or type of components in the product units 
assembled by the Company may have an effect on the Company's revenues, 
independent of the number of product units assembled.

     A key element of the Company's ability to grow is the availability of 
capacity to respond quickly to the needs of new clients or the increased 
needs of existing clients.  The Company's 138,000-square-foot facility in 
Denver, Colorado, which was initially occupied at the end of 1995, is 
approximately one-third utilized and can be expanded to accommodate 
additional outsourced services.  Management also believes that it can expand 
significantly the capacity of its Greeley, Colorado and Hartlepool, England 
facilities.

     The Company's cost of services primarily includes labor, 
telecommunications, materials and freight charges that are variable in 
nature, as well as certain facilities charges.  Competitive vendor rates for 
materials, printing, compact disc duplication and packaging costs, together 
with competitive labor rates which comprise the majority of the Company's 
costs, have been and are expected to continue to be a key component of the 
Company's expenses.  All other expenses, including expenses attributable to 
technology support, sales and marketing, human resource management and other 
administrative functions that are not allocable to specific client services, 
are recorded as selling, general and administrative ("SG&A") expenses.  SG&A 
expenses tend to be either semi-variable or fixed in nature.

     Since July 1992, the Company has operated as an S corporation and, 
accordingly, was not subject to federal or state income taxes.  As an S 
corporation, the Company has historically paid certain management fees and 
bonuses to the Principal Stockholders, and/or their affiliates, for services 
rendered to the Company in amounts generally equal to the annual earnings of 
the Company, and all of such amounts (except for an annual amount equal to 
approximately $540,000, which is accounted for as a portion of SG&A expenses) 
are reflected as management fee expense on its combined statement of 
operations. Upon receipt of such management fees and bonuses, the Principal 
Stockholders historically contributed approximately 53% of such amounts to 
the Company to provide the Company with necessary working capital, with a 
substantial portion of the balance used to pay applicable federal and state 
income taxes.  The amounts so contributed are reflected in additional 
paid-in-capital on the Company's combined balance sheet.  The Company has 
terminated this management fee and bonus arrangement effective as of December 
31, 1996.  From and
                                       20 
<PAGE>

after January 1, 1997, no further management fees and bonuses will be payable 
to the Principal Stockholders, and/or their affiliates, that were previously 
reflected as management fee expense.  After the closing of this offering, all 
salary, bonuses, advisory fees and other compensation paid by the Company to 
its executive officers will be reflected in SG&A expenses on the combined 
statement of operations.  See "Management--Executive Compensation" and 
"Offering Related Transactions--Management Fees."  

     The S corporation status of the Company will terminate upon closing of 
this offering and, thereafter, the Company will be subject to federal and 
state income taxes.  Pro forma net income (i) reflects elimination of 
management fee expense and (ii) includes a provision for federal, state and 
foreign income taxes at an effective rate of 37.3%.

     Typically, the Company holds components and materials inventory pending 
product assembly, and finished goods inventory for brief periods pending 
shipment.  The Company generally has the right to be reimbursed by the client 
for unused inventory.

     The Company's business is highly seasonal.  Certain of the Company's 
services related to product assembly and packaging are heavily utilized in 
the third and fourth quarters in preparation for the Christmas holiday 
season. Accordingly, the Company's revenues are typically higher in the third 
quarter than in the first and second quarter, and peak in the fourth quarter. 
In 1995, the percentage of the Company's revenues generated from the first 
to the fourth quarter were as follows:  19.2%, 14.8%, 23.3% and 42.7%, 
respectively.

QUARTERLY RESULTS 

     The following tables set forth certain unaudited statement of operations 
data for the quarters in the year ended December 31, 1995, and the nine 
months ended September 30, 1996.  The unaudited quarterly information has 
been prepared on the same basis as the annual information and, in 
management's opinion, includes all adjustments to present fairly the 
information for the quarters presented.

<TABLE>
                                                1995 QUARTERS ENDED                                   1996 QUARTERS ENDED
                               -----------------------------------------------------       -----------------------------------------
                              MARCH 31       JUNE 30      SEPTEMBER 30   DECEMBER 31      MARCH 31       JUNE 30      SEPTEMBER 30 
                                                                 (dollars in thousands)
<S>                          <C>            <C>           <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>
Revenues  . . . . . . . .     $7,984         $6,126         $9,683        $17,716        $15,219        $14,108        $15,479
Cost of services  . . . .      6,380          4,758          7,536         14,556         12,655         11,121         12,198
Selling, general and
   administrative
   expenses . . . . . . .      1,226          1,194          1,301          1,620          1,707          1,856          1,756
                              ------         ------         ------        -------        -------        -------         ------
Operating profit  . . . .        378            174            846          1,540            857          1,131          1,525
Net interest expense and
   other  . . . . . . . .         58            105            100            133            125            108             69
                              ------         ------         ------        -------        -------        -------         ------
Income before management  
fee expense and income
 taxes  . . . . . . . . .        320             69            746          1,407            732          1,023          1,456
</TABLE>

     The following table sets forth certain unaudited statement of operations 
data, expressed as a percentage of revenues.

<TABLE>
                                                1995 QUARTERS ENDED                                   1996 QUARTERS ENDED
                               ------------------------------------------------------      ----------------------------------------
                               MARCH 31       JUNE 30      SEPTEMBER 30   DECEMBER 31      MARCH 31       JUNE 30      SEPTEMBER 30 
<S>                            <C>           <C>           <C>            <C>              <C>            <C>          <C>
Revenues  . . . . . . . .       100.0%         100.0%         100.0%         100.0%         100.0%         100.0%         100.0%
Cost of services  . . . .        79.9           77.7           77.8           82.2           83.2           78.8           78.8
Selling, general and
   administrative
   expenses . . . . . . .        15.4           19.5           13.5            9.1           11.2           13.2           11.3
                               ------         ------         ------        -------        -------        -------         ------
Operating profit  . . . .         4.7            2.8            8.7            8.7            5.6            8.0            9.9
Net interest expense and
   other  . . . . . . . .         0.7            1.7            1.0            0.8            0.8            0.8            0.5
                               ------         ------         ------        -------        -------        -------         ------
Income before management
   fee expense and
income taxes  . . . . . .         4.0            1.1            7.7            7.9            4.8            7.2            9.4

</TABLE>


                                    -21-
<PAGE>

     The Company has experienced, and expects to experience in the future, 
quarterly variations in revenues and earnings as a result of a variety of 
factors, many of which are outside the Company's control, including (i) the 
seasonal pattern of certain of the businesses served by the Company; (ii) the 
timing of new projects; (iii) the expiration or termination of existing 
projects; (iv) the timing of increased expenses incurred to obtain and 
support new business; and (v) changes in the Company's revenue mix among the 
various services performed by the Company.  See "Risk Factors--Variability of 
Quarterly Operating Results."

     For the quarterly periods in 1995 and 1996, revenues fluctuated 
principally due to the seasonal pattern of certain of the businesses served 
by the Company, the mix of services performed for clients and the addition of 
new client programs.  Revenues in the first quarter of 1996 as compared to 
the fourth quarter of 1995 declined principally due to the seasonal pattern 
of certain businesses serviced by the Company.  Revenues in the second 
quarter of 1996 were higher than expected, as compared to prior seasonal 
patterns, due to increased activities for a significant new client in that 
quarter.

     For the quarterly periods in 1995 and 1996, cost of services as a 
percentage of revenues fluctuated principally due to the mix of services 
performed for clients.  Cost of services as a percentage of revenues was 
higher in the first quarter of 1996 as compared to the second quarter of 1996 
due to product recall and rework costs incurred on a certain product 
assembled, packaged and distributed in Europe from the United Kingdom 
facility.

     For the quarterly periods in 1995 and 1996, SG&A expenses as a percentage
of revenues fluctuated principally due to the spreading of fixed and
semi-variable costs over a revenue base that fluctuates quarter to quarter.  

     Operating profit and income before management fee expense and income taxes
fluctuated within the quarterly periods of 1995 and 1996 based primarily on the
factors noted above.  

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, certain
statement of operations data expressed as a percentage of revenues:

<TABLE>
                                                                                                             NINE MONTHS ENDED
                                                            YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,                            SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                     ------------------------------------------        -------------------------
                                                        1993             1994             1995             1995           1996
<S>                                                  <C>             <C>               <C>             <C>               <C>
 Revenues  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .           100.0%           100.0%           100.0%           100.0%         100.0%
 Cost of services  . . . . . . . . . . . . .            78.3             81.1             80.1             78.5           80.3
 Selling, general and
    administrative expenses  . . . . . . . .            15.1             17.0             12.8             15.6           11.9
                                                       -----            -----            -----            -----          -----
 Operating profit  . . . . . . . . . . . . .             6.6              1.9              7.1              5.9            7.8
 Net interest expense and other  . . . . . .             0.8              0.8              1.0              1.1            0.6
                                                       -----            -----            -----            -----          -----
 Income before management fee
      expense and income taxes . . . . . . .             5.8              1.1              6.1              4.8            7.2
                                                                                                             
 Management fee expense  . . . . . . . . . .             7.4              2.3              6.3              4.0            3.1
 Income tax expense  . . . . . . . . . . . .              --               --               --               --            0.3
                                                       -----            -----            -----            -----          -----
 Net income (loss) . . . . . . . . . . . . .            (1.6)            (1.2)            (0.2)             0.8            3.8
                                                       -----            -----            -----            -----          -----
                                                       -----            -----            -----            -----          -----
</TABLE>

NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1996 COMPARED TO NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30,
1995

     REVENUES.  Revenues increased $21.0 million, or 88.3%, to $44.8 million for
the nine months ended September 30, 1996 from $23.8 million for the nine months
ended September 30, 1995.  New clients accounted for $9.4 million of this
increase, primarily attributable to the addition of a significant new client in
April 1996, while existing clients accounted for the remaining $11.6 million of
this increase.  Revenues for the first nine months of 1996 reflect the addition
of the Denver facility, which opened at the end of 1995. 


                                     -22-
<PAGE>

     COST OF SERVICES.  Cost of services increased $17.3 million, or 92.6%, 
to $36.0 million for the nine months ended September 30, 1996 from $18.7 
million for the nine months ended September 30, 1995.  As a percentage of 
revenues, cost of services increased to 80.3% for the nine months ended 
September 30, 1996 from 78.5% for the nine months ended September 30, 1995.  
This change was primarily due to lower profit margins on services performed 
for a major client and product recall and rework costs incurred on certain 
product assembled, packaged and distributed in Europe from the United Kingdom 
facility.

     SELLING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES.  SG&A expenses increased 
$1.6 million, or 43.0%, to $5.3 million for the nine months ended September 
30, 1996 from $3.7 million for the nine months ended September 30, 1995.  As 
a percentage of revenues, SG&A expenses decreased to 11.9% for the nine 
months ended September 30, 1996 from 15.6% for the nine months ended 
September 30, 1995, reflecting the spreading of fixed and semi-variable costs 
over a larger revenue base.  

     OPERATING PROFIT.  As a result of the foregoing factors, operating 
profit increased $2.1 million, or 151.1%, to $3.5 million for the nine months 
ended September 30, 1996 from $1.4 million for the nine months ended 
September 30, 1995.  As a percentage of revenues, operating profit increased 
to 7.8% for the nine months ended September 30, 1996 from 5.9% for the nine 
months ended September 30, 1995.

     NET INTEREST EXPENSE AND OTHER.  Net interest expense and other remained 
relatively unchanged at $0.3 million for the nine months ended September 30, 
1996 and for the nine months ended September 30, 1995.  As a percentage of 
revenues, net interest expense and other decreased to 0.6% for the nine 
months ended September 30, 1996 from 1.1% for the nine months ended September 
30, 1995, reflecting lower outstanding borrowings relative to revenues of the 
Company.

     INCOME BEFORE MANAGEMENT FEE EXPENSE AND INCOME TAXES.  As a result of 
the foregoing factors, income before management fee expense and income taxes 
increased $2.1 million, or 182.9%, to $3.2 million for the nine months ended 
September 30, 1996 from $1.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 
1995.  As a percentage of revenues, income before management fee expense and 
income taxes increased to 7.2% for the nine months ended September 30, 1996 
from 4.8% for the nine months ended September 30, 1995.  

     MANAGEMENT FEE EXPENSE.  Management fee expense increased $0.4 million, 
or 46.0%, to $1.4 million for the nine months ended September 30, 1996 from 
$1.0 million for the nine months ended September 30, 1995.  As a percentage 
of revenues, management fee expense decreased to 3.1% for the nine months 
ended September 30, 1996 from 4.0% for the nine months ended September 30, 
1995. Management fee expense was determined by the Board of Directors and 
related primarily to changes in operating profit of the Company.  Effective 
December 31, 1996, the management fee and bonus arrangements previously 
reflected as management fee expense have been terminated and no further 
management fees will be payable by the Company.

     INCOME TAX EXPENSE.  The Company has operated as an S corporation for 
federal and state income tax purposes and, accordingly, was not subject to 
federal or state income taxes.  The Company was, however, subject to certain 
foreign income taxes.  A provision for foreign income taxes was made in the 
nine months ended September 30, 1996, as prior foreign loss carryovers had 
been fully utilized.  

     NET INCOME (LOSS).  Based upon its S corporation status and the factors 
discussed above, net income increased $1.5 million, or 856.2%, to $1.7 
million for the nine months ended September 30, 1996 from $0.2 million for 
the nine months ended September 30, 1995.  As a percentage of revenues, net 
income increased to 3.8% for the nine months ended September 30, 1996 from 
0.8% for the nine months ended September 30, 1995.

YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995 COMPARED TO YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1994

     REVENUES.  Revenues increased $15.2 million, or 57.6%, to $41.5 million 
in 1995 from $26.3 million in 1994.  New clients accounted for $6.1 million 
of this increase, while existing clients accounted for the remaining $9.1 
million of this increase.  


                                     -23-
<PAGE>

     COST OF SERVICES.  Cost of services increased $11.9 million, or 55.6%, 
to $33.2 million in 1995 from $21.4 million in 1994.  As a percentage of 
revenues, cost of services decreased to 80.1% in 1995 from 81.1% in 1994.  
This change was primarily due to improvement in profit margins at the United 
Kingdom facility as productivity improved, and improvement in product 
fulfillment profit margins in domestic operations as improved product 
fulfillment systems were placed in service.  As a result of technological 
changes in software distribution, the foregoing improvements were partially 
offset by lower profit margins realized from the switch by the Company's 
clients to lower-margin compact discs from higher-margin 3-1/2 inch floppy 
disks included in such clients' final products.

     SELLING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES.  SG&A expenses increased 
$0.9 million, or 19.0%, to $5.3 million in 1995 from $4.5 million in 1994.  
As a percentage of revenues, SG&A expenses decreased to 12.8% in 1995 from 
17.0% in 1994, reflecting the spreading of fixed and semi-variable costs over 
a larger revenue base.

     OPERATING PROFIT.  As a result of the foregoing factors, operating 
profit increased $2.4 million, or 491.1%, to $2.9 million in 1995 from $0.5 
million in 1994.  As a percentage of revenues, operating profit increased to 
7.1% in 1995 from 1.9% in 1994.

     NET INTEREST EXPENSE AND OTHER.  Net interest expense and other 
increased $0.2 million, or 83.3%, to $0.4 million in 1995 from $0.2 million 
in 1994.  As a percentage of revenues, net interest expense and other 
increased to 1.0% in 1995 from 0.8% in 1994, reflecting higher outstanding 
borrowings relative to revenues of the Company.

     INCOME BEFORE MANAGEMENT FEE EXPENSE AND INCOME TAXES.  As a result of 
the foregoing factors, income before management fee expense and income taxes 
increased $2.3 million, or 804.6%, to $2.5 million in 1995 from $0.3 million 
in 1994.  As a percentage of revenues, income before management fee expense 
and income taxes increased to 6.1% in 1995 from 1.1% in 1994.

     MANAGEMENT FEE EXPENSE.  Management fee expense increased $2.0 million, 
or 324.8%, to $2.6 million in 1995 from $0.6 million in 1994.  As a 
percentage of revenues, management fee expense increased to 6.3% in 1995 from 
2.3% in 1994. Management fee expense was determined by the Board of Directors 
of the Company and related primarily to changes in operating profit of the 
Company.  Effective December 31, 1996, the management fee and bonus 
arrangements previously reflected as management fee expense have been 
terminated and no further management fees will be payable by the Company.

     NET INCOME (LOSS).  Based upon the S corporation status of the Company 
and the factors discussed above, net loss decreased $0.2 million, or 82.5%, 
to $0.1 million in 1995 from $0.3 million in 1994.

YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1994 COMPARED TO YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1993

     REVENUES.  Revenues increased $3.3 million, or 14.3%, to $26.3 million 
in 1994 from $23.0 million in 1993.  New clients accounted for $1.0 million 
of this increase, while existing clients accounted for the remaining $2.3 
million of this increase.  

     COST OF SERVICES.  Cost of services increased $3.3 million, or 18.4%, to 
$21.4 million in 1994 from $18.0 million in 1993.  As a percentage of 
revenues, cost of services increased to 81.1% in 1994 from 78.3% in 1993.  
This change was primarily due to (i) lower profit margins realized by the 
Company as a result of technological changes in software distribution to 
lower-margin compact discs from higher-margin 3-1/2 inch floppy disks, 
included in the clients' final products, and (ii) increased direct labor 
costs to develop systems for certain product fulfillment services being 
introduced to clients.  The foregoing factors, which increased cost of 
services as a percentage of revenues, were partially offset by lower costs of 
product packaging and assembly services resulting from higher product volumes.

     SELLING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES.  SG&A expenses increased 
$1.0 million, or 29.0%, to $4.5 million in 1994 from $3.5 million in 1993.  
As a percentage of revenues, SG&A expenses increased to 17.0% in 1994 from 
15.1% in 1993, primarily reflecting increased salary and wage costs to 
develop management infrastructure to service a greater volume of client 
activities.  The increase in SG&A expenses as a percentage of revenues was 
partially offset by the spreading of fixed and semi-variable costs over a 
larger revenue base.


                                      -24-
<PAGE>

     OPERATING PROFIT.  As a result of the foregoing factors, operating profit
decreased $1.0 million, or 67.4%, to $0.5 million in 1994 from $1.5 million in
1993.  As a percentage of revenues, operating profit decreased to 1.9% in 1994
from 6.6% in 1993.

     NET INTEREST EXPENSE AND OTHER.  Net interest expense and other remained
relatively unchanged at $0.2 million in 1994 and 1993.  As a percentage of
revenues, net interest expense and other remained relatively unchanged at 0.8%
of revenues in 1994 and 1993.

     INCOME BEFORE MANAGEMENT FEE EXPENSE AND INCOME TAXES.  As a result of the
foregoing factors, income before management fee expense and income taxes
decreased $1.0 million, or 78.9%, to $0.3 million in 1994 from $1.3 million in
1993.  As a percentage of revenues, income before management fee expense and
income taxes decreased to 1.1% in 1994 from 5.8% in 1993.

     MANAGEMENT FEE EXPENSE.  Management fee expense decreased $1.1 million, or
64.0%, to $0.6 million in 1994 from $1.7 million in 1993.  As a percentage of
revenues, management fee expense decreased to 2.3% in 1994 from 7.4% in 1993. 
Management fee expense was determined by the Board of Directors and was related
primarily to changes in operating profit of the Company.  Effective December 31,
1996, the management fee and bonus arrangements previously reflected as
management fee expenses have been terminated and no further management fees will
be payable by the Company.

     NET INCOME (LOSS).  Based upon the S corporation status of the Company and
the factors discussed above, net loss remained relatively unchanged at $0.3
million in 1994 and 1993.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

     Historically, the Company has funded its operations and capital
expenditures primarily through cash flow from operations, borrowings under
various lines of credit, capital lease arrangements, short-term borrowings from
its stockholders and their affiliates, and additional capital contributions by
its stockholders.  The Company has a $4.5 million revolving line of credit with
Norwest Business Credit, Inc. (the "Bank"), which reduces to $3.5 million on
March 8, 1997, if not renewed, and which matures on June 30, 1999.  Borrowings
under the line of credit bear interest at the Bank's base rate, plus 1%.  At
September 30, 1996, $0.9 million of borrowings were outstanding under the line
of credit, accruing interest at 9.25%.  Borrowings under the line of credit have
been used primarily for general corporate purposes.  Outstanding borrowings will
be repaid in full from net proceeds to the Company from this offering.  See "Use
of Proceeds."  

     The Company has entered into several capital leases with three to five year
terms.  At September 30, 1996, the outstanding lease obligations were $2.3
million, accruing interest at rates ranging from 8.7% to 13.0%.  At
September 30, 1996, available additional borrowings under these arrangements
were $0.9 million.  All outstanding capital lease obligations will be repaid in
full from net proceeds to the Company from this offering.  See "Use of
Proceeds."

     Net cash provided by operating activities increased to $4.5 million for the
nine months ended September 30, 1996 from $0.4 million for the same period in
the prior year.  The principal causes of this increase were (i) an increase in
net income and (ii) a decrease in accounts receivable, partially offset by a
decrease in accounts payable.  Net cash used in operating activities in 1995 was
$1.5 million as compared to $0.4 million of net cash provided by operating
activities in 1994.  The principal cause of this decrease in net cash flow from
operating activities between the periods was an increase in accounts receivable,
partially offset by an increase in accounts payable.

     Net cash used in investing activities was $0.6 million for the nine months
ended September 30, 1996 as compared to $0.3 million of net cash provided by
investing activities for the same period in the prior year.  The principal cause
for this decrease related to the collection of a note receivable - affiliate in
1995.  During 1994 and 1995, the Company's net cash used in investing activities
did not change significantly; however, the components of investing expenditures
varied due to (i) the purchase of the Denver facility in October 1995,
(ii) collections of notes receivable - affiliates and stockholders in 1995 and
(iii) advances made to stockholders and affiliates in 1994.


                                   -25-

<PAGE>

     Net cash used in financing activities increased to $4.0 million for the
nine months ended September 30, 1996 from $0.5 million for the same period in
the prior year.  The principal causes for this increase were (i) increased
payments of capital lease obligations, (ii) increased payments on bank
borrowings in 1996 and (iii) payment of a note payable - affiliate, partially
offset by proceeds from capital lease obligations.  Net cash provided by
financing activities increased to $3.2 million in 1995 from $1.1 million in
1994.  The principal causes for this increase were (i) mortgage borrowings
pertaining to the purchase of the Denver facility in 1995, (ii) an increase in
borrowings from an affiliate in 1995 and (iii) an increase in bank borrowings
and capital lease payments in 1995.

     The principal sources of the Company's liquidity have been cash flow from
operations, borrowings under the Company's line of credit, capital lease
financing, borrowings from stockholders and their affiliates, and capital
contributions from its stockholders.  StarTek intends to use a portion of the
net proceeds to the Company from this offering to repay all of its outstanding
indebtedness and capitalized lease obligations.  In conjunction with this
offering, the Company expects to maintain a $3.5 million credit facility.  The
credit facility is expected to contain covenants which restrict, to a certain
extent, dividends, capital expenditures and loans to affiliates and
stockholders, without prior written consent of the lender.  The Company believes
that cash flow from operations and net proceeds to the Company from this
offering, together with available funds under a credit facility, will be
sufficient to support its operations and capital expenditure and liquidity
requirements for the next 12 months.

INFLATION AND GENERAL ECONOMIC CONDITIONS

     Although the Company cannot accurately anticipate the effect of inflation
on its operations, the Company does not believe that inflation has had, or is
likely in the foreseeable future to have, a material effect on its results of
operations or financial condition.







                                     -26-

<PAGE>

                                       BUSINESS


GENERAL 

     StarTek is a leading international provider of integrated, value-added
outsourced services primarily for Fortune 500 companies in targeted industries. 
The Company's integrated outsourced services encompass a wide spectrum of
logistics management and customer-initiated ("inbound") teleservices throughout
a product's life cycle, including product order teleservices, supplier
management, product assembly and packaging, product distribution, product order
fulfillment, and customer care and technical support teleservices.  By focusing
on these services as its core business, StarTek allows its clients to focus on
their primary businesses, reduce overhead, replace fixed costs with variable
costs and reduce working capital needs.

     The Company has continuously expanded its business and facilities to offer
additional services on an outsourced basis in response to the growing needs of
its clients and to capitalize on market opportunities both domestically and
internationally.  StarTek operates from its Colorado facilities located in
Denver and Greeley and from a facility located in Hartlepool, England.  The
Company also operates through a subcontract relationship in Singapore.  For the
nine months ended September 30, 1996, the Company's revenues increased
approximately 88.3% to $44.8 million from $23.8 million for the nine months
ended September 30, 1995.  Income before management fee expense and income taxes
increased approximately 182.9% to $3.2 million from $1.1 million during the same
period. 

     StarTek's goal is to grow profitably by focusing on providing high-quality
integrated, value-added outsourced services.  StarTek has a strategic
partnership philosophy, through which the Company assesses each of its client's
needs and, together with the client, develops and implements customized
outsourcing solutions.  Management believes that its entrepreneurial culture,
long-term relationships with clients and suppliers, efficient operations,
dedication to quality and use of advanced technology and management techniques
provide StarTek a competitive advantage in attracting and retaining clients that
outsource non-core operations.  Three of the Company's top four clients have
utilized its outsourced services for more than five years and the fourth client
initiated services with the Company in April 1996.

     StarTek has focused primarily on the computer software, computer hardware,
electronics, telecommunications and other technology-related industries because
of their rapid growth, complex and evolving product offerings and large customer
bases, which require frequent, often sophisticated, customer interaction. 
Management believes that there are substantial opportunities to cross-sell
StarTek's wide spectrum of outsourced services to its existing base of
approximately 100 clients, which includes Broderbund Software, Inc., Electronic
Arts, Inc., Federal Express Corporation, Hewlett Packard, Microsoft, Polaroid 
Corporation, Simon & Schuster, Inc., Sony Electronics, Inc., The 3DO Company, 
and Viacom International, Inc.  The Company intends to capitalize on the 
increasing trend toward outsourcing by targeting potential clients in other 
industries, including health care, financial services, transportation services 
and consumer products, which could benefit from the Company's expertise in 
developing and delivering integrated, cost-effective outsourced services.

STARTEK'S INTEGRATED SERVICES

     The Company's interaction with a client's customers may begin with an
inbound call or message via the Internet requesting information or placing an
order for the client's product.  A StarTek service representative takes the
order, and if the Company manages the client's inventory, the Company packs and
ships the order.  If the Company does not manage the client's inventory, the
Company transmits the customer's request  directly to the client.  In the event
the Company manages the client's inventory, the Company may receive finished
goods directly from a client or the Company may manage the production process on
an outsourced basis, following product specifications provided by the client. 
In the latter case, the Company selects and contracts with the necessary
suppliers and performs all tasks necessary to assemble and package the finished
product, which may be held by the Company pending receipt of customer orders or
shipped in bulk to distributors or retail outlets.

     The Company's clients typically provide their customers with telephone
numbers for product questions and technical support.  Calls are routed to
StarTek customer care or technical support service representatives who have been
trained 

                                   -27-
<PAGE>

to support specific products.  That request also may lead to an order for 
another product or service offered by the client, in which case the Company 
takes the order and the cycle may begin again.  StarTek's clients may utilize 
one or more of the Company's outsourced services.

BUSINESS STRATEGY

     StarTek's strategic objective is to increase revenues and earnings by
maintaining and enhancing its position as a leading international provider of
integrated value-added outsourced services.  To reach this objective, the
Company intends to:

     PROVIDE INTEGRATED OUTSOURCED SERVICES.  StarTek seeks to provide
integrated outsourced services which enable its clients to provide their
customers with high-quality services at lower cost than through a client's own
in-house operations.  The Company believes that its ability to tailor
operations, materials and employee resources objectively and to provide
integrated, value-added outsourced services on a cost-effective basis will allow
the Company to become an integral part of its clients' businesses.

     DEVELOP STRATEGIC PARTNERSHIPS AND LONG-TERM RELATIONSHIPS.  StarTek seeks
to develop long-term client relationships, primarily with Fortune 500 companies
in targeted industries.  The Company invests significant resources to establish
strategic partnership relationships and to understand each client's processes,
culture, decision parameters and goals, so as to develop and implement
customized solutions.  The Company believes that this solution-oriented,
value-added integrated approach to addressing its clients' needs distinguishes
StarTek from its competitors and plays a key role in the Company's ability to
attract and retain clients on a long-term basis.

     MAINTAIN LOW-COST POSITION THROUGH MODERN PROCESS MANAGEMENT.  StarTek
strives to establish a competitive advantage by frequently redefining its
operational processes to reduce costs and improve quality.  StarTek's continuous
improvement philosophy and modern process management techniques enable the
Company to reduce waste and increase efficiency in the following areas: 
(i) controlling overproduction; (ii) minimizing waiting time due to inefficient
work sequences; (iii) reducing inessential handling of materials;
(iv) eliminating nonessential movement and processing; (v) implementing
fail-safe processes; (vi) improving inventory management; and (vii) preventing
defects.

     EMPHASIZE QUALITY.  StarTek strives to achieve the highest quality
standards in the industry.  To this end, the Company has received ISO 9002
certification, an international standard for quality assurance and consistency
in operating procedures, for all of its domestic facilities and services, and
expects to receive ISO 9002 certification for its United Kingdom facility in
mid-1997.  Certain of the Company's existing clients require evidence of
ISO 9002 certification, and the Company anticipates that many potential clients
may require ISO 9002 certification prior to selecting an outsourcing provider.

     CAPITALIZE ON SOPHISTICATED TECHNOLOGY.  The Company believes it has
established a competitive advantage by capitalizing on sophisticated technology
and proprietary software, including automatic call distributors, inventory
management software, transportation management software, call tracking systems
and telephone-computer integration software.  These capabilities enable StarTek
to improve efficiency, serve as a transparent extension of its clients, receive
telephone calls and data directly from its clients' systems, and report detailed
information concerning the status and results of the Company's services and
interaction with clients on a daily basis.

GROWTH STRATEGY

     The Company's growth strategy is designed to capitalize on the increasing
demand for outsourced services and improve and expand StarTek's position as an
international provider of integrated value-added outsourced services.  This
strategy includes the following key elements:

     INCREASE CAPACITY.  Management believes that as a provider of outsourced
services it must be ready to serve its clients in periods of peak demand for its
clients' products or services.  Accordingly, the Company intends to continue to
increase product handling and teleservice workstation capacity to meet
anticipated demand for the Company's outsourced services.  During 1996, the
Company increased its teleservice workstations by 54.6%, to 558 from 361. 


                                   -28-

<PAGE>

In addition, the Company reengineered and expanded its primary product 
handling facility to increase its daily capacity by 200.0%, to 180,000 units 
from 60,000 units for certain types of products.  

     CROSS-SELL SERVICES TO EXISTING CLIENTS.  Management believes there are
substantial opportunities to cross-sell its wide spectrum of outsourced services
to other divisions or operations within its existing clients' organizations. 
StarTek capitalizes on its relationships and comprehensive understanding of its
clients' businesses to identify additional divisions and areas where the Company
could provide its services.  For example, the Company's two oldest current
client relationships, which began in 1987 and 1988 utilizing only one service
each, today utilize substantially all of the Company's outsourced services. 
Management further believes that its ability to provide integrated solutions
helps the Company to create strategic partnership relationships and gives the
Company a competitive advantage to be selected as the service provider of
choice.  

     EXPAND CLIENT BASE.  The Company intends to capitalize on its low-cost
position and extensive offering of services to penetrate further the industries
which the Company currently serves and to seek clients in other industries. 
Management believes that there are several additional industries, including
health care, financial services, transportation services and consumer products,
which provide significant market opportunities to the Company.  To facilitate
the Company's anticipated growth, the Company increased its sales force to eight
full-time professionals as of the date of this Prospectus, from four at the end
of 1996.

     INCREASE INTERNATIONAL OPERATIONS.  The Company currently conducts business
in North America, Europe and Asia.  Management believes that many of the trends
leading to the growth of outsourced services in the United States are occurring
in international markets as well.  Management also believes that many companies,
including several of its existing multinational clients, are seeking outsourced
services on an international basis.  To capitalize on these international
opportunities, the Company intends to expand its international operations.

     DEVELOP NEW SERVICES.  Management believes that the trend toward
outsourcing and rapid technological advances will result in new products and
types of customer interactions which will create opportunities for the Company
to provide additional outsourced services.  StarTek intends to capitalize upon
its strategic long-term relationships to provide new outsourced services to its
clients as opportunities arise.

     ACQUIRE COMPLEMENTARY COMPANIES AND EXPAND STRATEGIC ALLIANCES.  StarTek
intends to evaluate the acquisition of complementary companies that could extend
its presence into new geographic markets or industries, expand its client base,
add new product or service applications and/or provide operating synergies. 
Management believes that there could be many domestic and international
acquisition and strategic alliance opportunities as companies consider selling
their existing in-house operations and as smaller companies seek growth capital
and economies of scale to remain competitive.

SERVICES

     The Company offers a wide spectrum of outsourced services throughout a
product's life cycle, designed to provide cost-effective and efficient
management of the ancillary operations of its clients.  The Company works
closely with its clients to develop, refine and implement efficient and
productive integrated outsourced solutions that link StarTek with such clients
and their customers.  The processes that create such solutions generally include
the development of product manufacturing specifications, packaging and
distribution requirements, as well as product-related software programs for
telephone, facsimile, e-mail and Internet interactions involving product order
fulfillment, customer care and technical support.  Substantially all of the
Company's teleservice activities are inbound telephone calls, rather than
outbound calls.  Specific services that StarTek provides to its clients include
the following:  

     PRODUCT ORDER TELESERVICES.  Product order teleservices is generally the
process by which a call from a client's customer is received, identified and
routed to a StarTek service representative.  Typically, a customer calls to
request product service information, to place an order for an advertised product
or to obtain assistance regarding a previous order or purchase.  The information
and results of the call are then communicated either to StarTek's employees for
order processing and fulfillment or, if StarTek does not manage the client's
inventory, the Company transmits the customer's request directly to the client. 
To properly handle these and other teleservices, StarTek utilizes automated call
distributors to identify each inbound call by the number dialed by the customer
and immediately route the call to 


                                   -29-

<PAGE>

a StarTek service representative trained for that product.  Product orders 
also occur as a result of a StarTek service representative offering products 
in connection with a customer care or technical support call.  To facilitate 
product orders, the Company can process credit card charges and other payment 
methods in connection with its product order teleservices.

     SUPPLIER MANAGEMENT.  Company personnel are responsible for maintaining and
managing multiple supplier relationships.  When the Company is selected by a
client to provide product assembly and packaging services, the Company
qualifies, selects, certifies and manages the sourcing and manufacturing of the
various products and related components including, among other things, the
printing of boxes, labels, manuals and other printed materials to be included
with the client's product and the mass duplication of software onto various
media.  Such product and related components are then assembled and packaged at
the Company's facilities.  The Company monitors the quality of its suppliers
through visits to manufacturing facilities and utilizes just-in-time production
to minimize inventory in the Company's warehouses.  Management believes that the
Company's strong, long-term relationships with multiple suppliers allows the
Company to be flexible and responsive to its clients, while minimizing costs and
the Company's dependency on any single supplier.

     PRODUCT ASSEMBLY AND PACKAGING.  The Company assembles and packages
products in various containers, including folding cartons, set-up boxes, compact
disc jewel cases, digi-packs, binders and slip cases.  The Company assembles and
packages products in the United States, the United Kingdom and Singapore and has
a global capacity of approximately 400,000 units per day, which capacity varies
depending on the size and complexity of the product.  The Company's assembly
lines have been designed with significant flexibility, enabling the Company to
assemble and package various types of products and rapidly change the type of
product produced.  During peak periods of operations, the Company's capacity is
dependent upon (i) the complexity of the product to be assembled; (ii) the
availability of materials from suppliers; (iii) the availability of temporary
personnel to increase capacity; (iv) the number of shifts operated by the
Company; and (v) the ability to activate additional production lines.  During
peak periods, the Company has expanded assembly production to approximately four
times the output of slower periods. 

     PRODUCT DISTRIBUTION.  The Company's sophisticated inventory management
systems enable the Company to ship and track products to distribution centers,
to individual stores and to its clients' customers directly.  Product orders are
received by the Company via file transfer protocol (FTP), the Internet,
electronic data interchange (EDI) and facsimile, as well as through the
Company's product order teleservices described above.  

     PRODUCT ORDER FULFILLMENT.  StarTek personnel process, pack and ship
product orders and requests for promotional and educational literature, and
direct customers of the Company's clients to product or service sources
("fulfillment") by telephone, e-mail, facsimile and the Internet, 24 hours per
day, seven days per week.  The Company provides same-day shipping of customer
orders if the product is available.

     CUSTOMER CARE TELESERVICES.  Customer care programs are customized by the
Company to meet its clients' needs.  The Company customizes responses to various
customer product inquiries by designing special greetings, marketing messages
and specific queue-time controls.  A StarTek service representative receiving a
call can enter customer information into the Company's call-tracking system,
listen to a question, and quickly access a proprietary networked database via
personal computer to locate an answer to a customer's question.  A senior
quality control team member is available to provide additional assistance for
complex or first-time customer questions.  As additional product information
becomes available, the Company promptly integrates such information into its
database, thereby ensuring that answers are based upon the latest product
information.  

     Each customer interaction presents the Company and its clients with an
opportunity to gather valuable customer information, including the customer's
demographic profile and preferences.  This information can prompt the StarTek
service representative to make logical, progressive inquiries about the
customer's interest in additional products and services, identify additional
revenue generating and cross-selling opportunities, or resolve other issues
relating to a client's products or services.  

     TECHNICAL SUPPORT TELESERVICES.  StarTek service representatives provide
technical support services by telephone, e-mail, facsimile and the Internet, 24
hours per day, seven days per week.  Technical support inquiries are generally


                                   -30-


<PAGE>

driven by a customer's purchase of a product or by a customer's need for ongoing
technical assistance.  Customers of StarTek's clients dial a technical support
number listed in their product manuals and, based on touch-tone responses, are
automatically connected to an appropriate StarTek service representative who is
specially trained in the applicable product.  Each StarTek service
representative acts as a transparent extension of its clients when resolving
complaints, diagnosing and resolving product or service problems, or answering
technical questions.

INTERNATIONAL OPERATIONS

     StarTek provides its outsourced services on an international basis from the
United Kingdom and Singapore.  The Company's facility in the United Kingdom
provides the full range of the Company's outsourced services for clients
throughout Europe, including inbound product order, customer care and technical
support teleservices in five languages.  The Company currently provides supplier
management, product assembly and packaging and product distribution for one of
its major clients through a subcontract relationship with a company in
Singapore.  This subcontract relationship operates on a purchase order basis.

CLIENTS

     StarTek provided services to approximately 100 clients in North America,
Europe and Asia during 1996.  StarTek's clients include companies engaged
primarily in the computer software, computer hardware, electronics,
communications and other technology-related industries.  Approximately 39.3% and
32.9% of the Company's revenues in 1996 were attributable to Hewlett Packard and
Microsoft, respectively.  Hewlett Packard and Microsoft began their outsourcing
relationships with the Company in 1987 and April 1996, respectively.  Based upon
1996 revenues, StarTek's ten largest clients, listed alphabetically, were:

     Broderbund Software, Inc.               Polaroid Corporation
     Electronic Arts, Inc.                   Simon & Schuster, Inc.
     Federal Express Corporation             Sony Electronics, Inc.
     Hewlett-Packard Company                 The 3DO Company
     Microsoft Corporation                   Viacom International, Inc.

     The Company typically enters into a written agreement with each client for
outsourced services or performs services on a purchase order basis.  See "Risk
Factors--Risks Associated with the Company's Contracts."

SALES AND MARKETING

     The Company's marketing objective is to develop long-term relationships
with existing and potential clients to become the preferred worldwide vendor of
outsourced services.  StarTek invests significant resources to create a
strategic partnership relationship with its clients to understand their existing
operations, customer service processes, culture, decision parameters and goals.
A StarTek team assesses the client's outsourcing service needs, and, together
with the client, develops and implements customized solutions.  Management
believes that, as a result of StarTek's strategic relationship with its clients
and comprehensive understanding of their businesses, the Company can identify
new revenue generating opportunities, customer interaction possibilities and
product service improvements not adequately addressed by the client.  The
Company's sales strategy emphasizes multiple contacts with a client to
strengthen its relationship and facilitate the cross-selling of services.

     StarTek markets its outsourced services through a variety of methods,
including personal sales calls, client referrals, attendance at trade shows,
advertisements in industry publications, and the cross-selling of services to
existing clients.  In order to enhance its marketing efforts, the Company
increased its sales force to eight full-time professionals as of the date of
this Prospectus, from four at the end of 1996.  As part of its marketing
efforts, the Company encourages visits to its facilities, where the Company
demonstrates its services, quality procedures and ability to accommodate
additional business.

     Management believes a key element to sales growth is the ability to
flexibly, effectively and efficiently expand service capacity to meet client
needs as its clients grow or outsource more of their non-core operations to the
Company.  In addition, to attract new clients to StarTek's services, the Company
must have the resources to promptly develop a

                                     -31-

<PAGE>

strategy to meet a new client's outsourcing goals, as well as the ability to
implement operations for such client quickly and accurately.  In order to
achieve these goals, the Company currently maintains a level of excess
capacity to expand its operations as necessary to meet increased client demand.

TECHNOLOGY

     The Company employs sophisticated technology and proprietary software that
incorporates digital switching, relational database management systems, call
tracking systems, workforce management systems, object-oriented software modules
and telephone-computer integration.  The Company's digital switching technology
enables calls to be routed to the next available teleservice representative with
the appropriate product knowledge, skill and language abilities.  Call tracking
and workforce management systems generate and track historical call volumes by
client, enabling the Company to schedule personnel efficiently, anticipate
fluctuations in call volume and provide clients with detailed information
concerning the status and results of the Company's services on a daily basis.
Management believes that the Company's proprietary technology platform provides
the Company with a competitive advantage in maintaining existing clients and
attracting new clients.  A portion of the net proceeds of this offering
allocated for working capital and general corporate purposes will be used by the
Company to enhance its existing telecommunications equipment and computer and
software systems.  See "Use of Proceeds."

EMPLOYEES AND TRAINING

     StarTek's success in recruiting, hiring, and training large numbers of
full-time, skilled employees and obtaining large numbers of hourly employees
during peak periods for product assembly, packaging and distribution services is
critical to the Company's ability to provide high quality outsourced services.
To maintain good employee relations and to minimize turnover, the Company offers
competitive pay, hires primarily full-time employees who are eligible to receive
the full range of employee benefits, and provides employees with clear, visible
career paths.  As of December 31, 1996, the Company had 811 employees, of which
approximately 95% were full-time.  The number of temporary employees varies
significantly during the year due to the seasonal variations of the Company's
business.  Management believes that the demographics surrounding its facilities,
and its reputation, stability and compensation plans should allow the Company to
continue to attract and retain qualified employees.  The Company considers its
employee relations to be good.  See "Risk Factors--Dependence on Labor Force."

     In keeping with StarTek's continuous improvement philosophy, the Company is
committed to training all of its employees.  StarTek provides formal training
for senior management, supervisors, process managers, quality coordinators, and
teleservice representatives.  StarTek also maintains an employee quality program
to backup every employee, including specialized quality coordinators who teach
problem solving, assist with teleservice calls and offer immediate performance
feedback.  On a more informal basis, the Company provides on-the-job process
training and tutoring for all logistics personnel.  Employee teams gather daily
to receive information about products to be produced and techniques to be
utilized, and have an opportunity to ask questions and receive one-on-one
training, as necessary.

     The Company's in-house training program for customer care and technical
support teleservicing employees is founded on an in-depth, structured learning
environment that builds technical competence and teaches critical software
skills necessary to provide effective customer care and technical support
teleservices.  Each teleservice representative is specially designated and
trained to support a particular product or group of products for a particular
client.  A teleservice representative receives training in product knowledge,
call listening, and computer skills prior to answering any customer calls
independently.  This training time depends on the complexity of the product for
which such representative will provide teleservices.  Further, the Company uses
live and taped call reviews and customer feedback surveys to continue to monitor
and enhance its level of customer support services.

INDUSTRY AND COMPETITION

     With the goal of focusing on their core businesses, companies are
increasingly turning to outsourced service companies to perform specialized
functions and services.  Outsourcing of non-core activities offers a strategic
advantage to companies in a wide range of industries by offering them an
opportunity to reduce operating costs and working capital needs, improve their
reaction to business cycles, manage capacity and improve customer and technical
information gathering and utilization.  To realize these advantages, companies
are outsourcing the process of planning, implementing

                                     -32-

<PAGE>

and controlling the efficient flow of goods, services, teleservices and
related information from the point of origin to the point of consumption.
Additionally, rapid technological changes and rising customer expectations for
high-quality goods and services make it increasingly difficult and expensive
for companies to maintain the necessary personnel and product capabilities
in-house to support a product's life cycle on a cost-effective basis.
Companies which focus on providing these services as their core business,
including StarTek, are expected to continue to benefit from these outsourcing
trends.

     StarTek competes on the basis of quality, reliability of service, price,
efficiency, speed and flexibility in tailoring services to client needs.
Management believes its comprehensive and integrated services differentiate it
from its non-client competitors who may only be able to provide one or a few of
the outsourced services that StarTek provides.  The Company continuously
explores new outsourcing service opportunities, typically in circumstances where
clients are experiencing inefficiencies in non-core areas of their businesses
and management believes it can develop a superior outsourced solution to such
inefficiency on a cost-effective basis.  Management believes that it competes
primarily with the in-house teleservice, customer service and logistics
management operations of its current and potential clients.  StarTek also
competes with certain companies that provide similar services on an outsourced
basis including, APAC Teleservices, Inc., Kao Corporation, Logistix Corporation,
MATRIXX Marketing Inc., National TechTeam, Inc., Precision Response Corp., SITEL
Corporation, Stream International Inc., Sykes Enterprises Incorporated, TeleTech
Holdings, Inc. and West Teleservices Corporation.  In addition, there are
numerous competitors of all sizes that provide product order teleservices and
product fulfillment distribution services.

FACILITIES

     StarTek's facilities include a Company-owned 138,000-square-foot building
in Denver, Colorado (which also contains the Company's executive offices), and a
100,000-square-foot Company-owned building and a 10,500-square-foot
Company-owned building, both located in Greeley, Colorado.  StarTek performs its
international outsourced services from a leased 53,000-square-foot building in
Hartlepool, County Durham on the northeast coast of England.  In Asia, the
Company utilizes a subcontractor that operates from a 25,000-square-foot
facility located in Singapore.

     Of the Company's 558 teleservice workstations in the United States as of
December 31, 1996, 270 were located in the Denver building (which has space to
expand to approximately 1250 workstations) and 288 were located in the Greeley
buildings.  The Company's other outsourced services in the United States
primarily operate from the Company's Greeley facilities.  The Company's United
Kingdom facility provides space for each of the Company's outsourced services
and the Company's subcontractor in Singapore provides space for the Company's
supplier management, product assembly and packaging and product distribution
services.  Management believes that its existing facilities are adequate for its
current operations, but that additional facility capacity will be required to
support continued growth.  The Company intends to use a portion of the net
proceeds to the Company from this offering to expand its existing facilities.
See "Use of Proceeds."

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY

     The Company owns the servicemarks "StarTek" and "StarPak," and intends to
file for federal registration of these servicemarks prior to closing this
offering.  Due to the common use of identical or phonetically similar
servicemarks by other companies in different businesses, there can be no
assurance that the United States Patent and Trademark Office will grant the
Company registration of its servicemarks, or that such servicemarks will not be
challenged by other users.  The Company does not believe that it owns or
utilizes any other servicemarks that are material to its business.  The
Company's operations, however, frequently incorporate proprietary and
confidential information.  In accordance with industry practice, the Company
relies upon a combination of contract provisions and trade secret laws to
protect the proprietary technology it uses and to deter misappropriation of its
proprietary rights and trade secrets.

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

     The Company has been involved from time to time in litigation arising in
the normal course of business, none of which is expected by management to have a
material adverse effect on the business, financial condition or results of
operations of the Company.

                                     -33-

<PAGE>

                                      MANAGEMENT


DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

     The Company's directors and executive officers are as follows:



NAME                        AGE    POSITION
- ----                        ---    --------
A. Emmet Stephenson, Jr.     51    Chairman of the Board and Director

Michael W. Morgan            36    President, Chief Executive Officer and
                                   Director

Dennis M. Swenson            61    Executive Vice President, Chief Financial
                                   Officer, Secretary and Treasurer

Thomas O. Ryder              52    Director

Ed Zschau                    57    Director

     A. EMMET STEPHENSON, JR. co-founded the Company in 1987 and has served as
Chairman of the Board of the Company since its formation.  Mr. Stephenson has
also served as President of Stephenson and Company, a private investment firm in
Denver, Colorado, for more than five years.  Mr. Stephenson is a director of
Danaher Corporation and serves on the Advisory Boards of First Berkshire Fund
and Capital Resource Partners, L.P.

     MICHAEL W. MORGAN co-founded the Company in 1987 and has held managerial
positions in companies providing outsourced services since 1984.  Mr. Morgan has
served as President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company since May 1990
and has served as a Director of the Company since January 1997.

     DENNIS M. SWENSON has served as Chief Financial Officer of the Company
since October 1995 and as Executive Vice President since October 1996.  From
October 1991 to September 1995, Mr. Swenson was an independent financial
consultant.  Mr. Swenson was a partner of Ernst & Young LLP from 1973 until
1991.

     THOMAS O. RYDER has served as a Director of the Company since January 1997.
He has been President of Travel Related Services International for American
Express TRS Company, Inc. since October 1995.  Mr. Ryder has also been Chairman
of the Board of American Express Publishing Corporation since December 1991.
From February 1992 through October 1995, he served as President of American
Express Establishment Services Worldwide.  From January 1988 through February
1992, Mr. Ryder served as President of Direct Marketing Group, which included
American Express Merchandise Services, American Express Publishing Corporation
and Epsilon Data Management Corporation.  He is a director of Club Mediterranee.

     ED ZSCHAU has served as a Director of the Company since January 1997.  He
has been a Senior Lecturer of Business Administration at Harvard University
since February 1996.  From April 1993 to July 1995, Mr. Zschau was General
Manager, Storage System Division at IBM Corporation.  From July 1988 to April
1993, he was Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Censtor Corp., a company
that researches and develops magnetic recording components for disk drives.
Mr. Zschau is a director of Indentix, Inc., GenRad, Inc. and Censtor Corp.

     The executive officers of the Company serve at the discretion of its Board
of Directors.  Directors of the Company hold office until the next annual
meeting of the Company's stockholders and until their successors have been duly
elected and qualified or until their earlier resignation, removal from office or
death.

                                     -34-

<PAGE>

COMMITTEES OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

     The Board of Directors established a compensation committee and an audit
committee of its Board of Directors in January 1997.

     COMPENSATION COMMITTEE.  The Compensation Committee, which consists of
Messrs. Stephenson, Ryder and Zschau, will determine the compensation to be paid
to all executive officers of the Company.  The current executive officer
salaries were set by the Board of Directors prior to establishment of the
Compensation Committee.

     AUDIT COMMITTEE.  The Audit Committee, which is comprised of Messrs. Ryder
and Zschau, the Company's two independent directors, will be responsible to make
recommendations concerning the engagement of independent public accountants,
review with the independent public accountants the plans and results of the
audit engagement, approve professional services provided by the independent
public accountants, review independence of the independent public accountants,
consider the range of audit and non-audit fees and review the adequacy of the
Company's internal accounting controls and financial management practices.

COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS

     StarTek does not pay its directors any cash compensation for their services
as directors.  Directors will be reimbursed for expenses incurred in connection
with meetings of the Board of Directors or committees thereof.

     The Company has adopted the Director Option Plan, which provides for an
automatic initial grant and an annual grant to each director who is not an
employee or officer of the Company (a "non-employee director") of options to
acquire shares of Common Stock.  A total of 90,000 shares of Common Stock have
been reserved for issuance pursuant to options granted under the Director Option
Plan.  All options granted under the Director Option Plan will be non-qualified
options that are not intended to qualify under Section 422 of the Code.

     The Director Option Plan provides that each non-employee director will
receive (i) options to acquire 10,000 shares of Common Stock upon the later of
the closing of an initial public offering of Common Stock or such director's
initial election to the Board of Directors and (ii) options to acquire 3,000
shares of Common Stock on the date of each annual meeting of stockholders
thereafter at which such director is reelected.  The exercise price of each
option granted under the Director Option Plan will equal the fair market value
of the Common Stock on the date of grant.  Options granted under the Director
Option Plan will (a) vest immediately and (b) expire on the earliest to occur of
the tenth anniversary of the date of grant, one year following the director's
death or immediately upon the director's termination of membership on the Board
of Directors for "cause" (as defined in the Director Option Plan).

     The Company has granted Thomas O. Ryder and Ed Zschau options to acquire
10,000 shares of Common Stock each, at an exercise price per share equal to the
initial public offering price, pursuant to the terms of the Directors Option
Plan.

COMPENSATION COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION

     During the year ended December 31, 1996, the Company did not have a
Compensation Committee of its Board of Directors, or other board committee
performing equivalent functions.  Decisions concerning the compensation of
executive officers were made by the Board of Directors of each of the operating
subsidiaries of the Company.  Except for A. Emmet Stephenson, Jr., there are no
officers or employees of the Company who participated in deliberations
concerning such compensation  matters.

                                     -35-

<PAGE>

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

     SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE.  The following table sets forth certain
information concerning the compensation paid by the Company to the Chief
Executive Officer.  No other executive officer of the Company earned or was paid
compensation of more than $100,000 for the year ended December 31, 1996.  See
"Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions."  The Company does not
have a pension plan or a long-term incentive plan, has not issued any restricted
stock awards and did not grant any stock options during its most recent fiscal
year.

                       SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE

                                         1996 ANNUAL COMPENSATION
                                        -------------------------
     NAME AND PRINCIPAL POSITION          SALARY        BONUS

     Michael W. Morgan                  $271,059(a)   $666,893(b)
       President and Chief
       Executive Officer

_____________

(a)  Mr. Morgan's base salary is and following this offering will continue to be
     $271,059, subject to modification by the Compensation Committee.

(b)  Includes $643,754 of bonus, which arrangement was terminated effective
     December 31, 1996.  Of the $643,754, Mr. Morgan recontributed $337,971 to
     the Company as additional capital.  Substantially all of the balance was
     used by Mr. Morgan to pay applicable federal and state income taxes on S
     corporation earnings of the Company allocable to Mr. Morgan.  See "Offering
     Related Transactions--Termination of S Corporation Status" and
     "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
     Operations."

     Historically, the Company has paid an annual management fee of
approximately $200,000 to A. Emmet Stephenson, Jr., Inc., which is wholly-owned
by A. Emmet Stephenson, Jr., Chairman of the Board of the Company, for services
rendered by Mr. Stephenson to the Company.  Effective as of January 1, 1997, the
Company will pay an annual advisory fee of $245,000 to A. Emmet Stephenson, Jr.,
Inc.

     Effective as of January 1, 1997, the Company will pay Dennis M. Swenson,
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company, an annual
base salary of $126,000.

STOCK OPTION PLAN

     On or prior to closing of this offering, the Company intends to adopt the
StarTek, Inc. Stock Option Plan (the "Option Plan").  The Option Plan will
authorize the issuance of up to 985,000 shares of Common Stock through the grant
of (i) incentive stock options ("ISOs") within the meaning of Section 422 of the
Code, (ii) stock options that are not intended to qualify under Section 422 of
the Code ("NSOs" and together with ISOs, "Options"), and (iii) stock
appreciation rights ("SARs").  Directors (other than non-employee directors),
officers, employees, consultants and independent contractors of the Company or
any subsidiary of the Company, as selected from time to time by the committee
administering the Option Plan, will be eligible to participate in the Option
Plan.

     The Option Plan will provide that it is to be administered by a committee
comprised of two or more non-employee directors appointed by the Board of
Directors (the "Committee").  Subject to certain limitations, the Committee has
complete discretion to determine which eligible individuals are to receive
awards under the Option Plan, the form and vesting schedule of awards, the
number of shares subject to each award and the exercise price, the manner of
payment and expiration date applicable to each award.

     Set forth below is a summary of the terms of the Option Plan that will be
applicable to each of the various types of awards covered thereby.

                                     -36-

<PAGE>

     OPTIONS.  All options expire on the date that is the earliest of three
months after the holder's termination of employment with the Company (other than
termination for cause), six months after the holder's death and 10 years after
the date of grant.  Options also are subject to forfeiture upon termination of
employment for "cause."  The exercise price per share of an ISO will be
determined by the Committee at the time of grant, but in no event may be less
than the fair market value of the Common Stock on the date of grant.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, if an ISO is granted to a participant who owns
more than 10% of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company, the
exercise price will be at least 110% of the fair market value of the Common
Stock on the date of grant and the exercise period will not exceed five years
from the date of grant.  The exercise price per share of an NSO will be
determined by the Committee in its sole discretion.

     STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS.  SARs may be issued only in connection with an
NSO (a "Tandem SAR"), in which case the Tandem SAR terminates simultaneously
upon the expiration of the related NSO.  A Tandem SAR will be exercisable only
if the fair market value of a share of Common Stock exceeds the exercise price
of the related NSO.

     The Committee intends to grant to employees of the Company, on or prior to
closing of this offering, ISOs to purchase 685,000 shares of Common Stock, at an
exercise price per share equal to the initial public offering price.  The
foregoing Options will have a term of ten years and will vest 20% per year for a
five-year period commencing on the first anniversary of closing this offering.

                                     -37-


<PAGE>

                 CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

MANAGEMENT FEES 

     For the years ended December 31, 1994, 1995 and 1996, the Company paid 
management fees of $737,235, $2,526,122 and $5,728,381, respectively 
(approximately $200,000 of which has been included in SG&A expense for 
financial statement purposes for each of the relevant years), to A. Emmet 
Stephenson, Jr., Inc., a Colorado corporation, which is wholly-owned by A. 
Emmet Stephenson, Jr., Chairman of the Board of the Company and a Principal 
Stockholder. Mr. Stephenson and Toni E. Stephenson, his spouse and a 
Principal Stockholder, made capital contributions to the Company equal to 
approximately 53% of such management fees, with a substantial portion of the 
remainder being used to pay applicable federal and state income taxes on such 
fees.  The Company has terminated the management fee arrangement effective as 
of December 31, 1996. Effective January 1, 1997, the Company will pay an 
annual advisory fee of $245,000 to A. Emmet Stephenson, Jr., Inc.

REAL PROPERTY

     The Company leased office space at 100 Garfield Street, Denver, 
Colorado, from Stephenson Properties, a partnership (the "Lessor") in which 
A. Emmet Stephenson, Jr., the Company's Chairman of the Board and a Principal 
Stockholder, and Toni E. Stephenson, a Principal Stockholder, are general 
partners.  The total annual lease payments for 1994, 1995 and 1996 made to 
the Lessor by the Company were $70,000 each year.  This office lease was 
terminated effective December 31, 1996.

LOANS

     In 1994, StarPak, Inc. loaned an aggregate amount of $663,484 to its 
stockholders, with interest at 8.5% per annum.  These notes were refinanced 
annually and repaid by the stockholders in full on November 22, 1996.  After 
receipt of such loan proceeds in 1994, the stockholders of StarPak, Inc. 
loaned $663,494 to StarPak International, Ltd., with interest at 8.5% per 
annum, for working capital purposes.  These notes were refinanced annually 
and repaid by StarPak International, Ltd. on November 22, 1996.

     On December 31, 1994, StarPak, Inc. loaned $77,779 to Michael W. Morgan, 
President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, payable on demand 
without interest.  The loan was repaid in full in August 1995.

     On December 31, 1994, the Company paid $667,800 to A. Emmet Stephenson, 
Jr., Inc., which is wholly-owned by Mr. Stephenson.  The loan was repaid in 
full in August 1995.

     In 1994, StarPak International, Ltd. borrowed $75,000 from Mr. and Mrs. 
Stephenson for working capital purposes, with interest at 12% per annum. The 
loan was refinanced annually until November 22, 1996, when the loan was 
repaid in full.

     On December 29, 1995, the Company borrowed approximately $1.1 million 
from General Communications, Inc., a corporation owned by A. Emmet 
Stephenson, Jr., the Company's Chairman of the Board and a Principal 
Stockholder, and Toni E. Stephenson, a Principal Stockholder, for working 
capital purposes.  The loan accrued interest equal to the Company's line of 
credit rate (10% at December 31, 1995) and matured on January 31, 1997.  The 
Company repaid the loan in full in April 1996.

     On January 9, 1996, the Company borrowed $90,000 from Michael W. Morgan, 
the Company's President and Chief Executive Officer and a Principal 
Stockholder, for working capital purposes.  The loan accrued interest equal 
to the Company's line of credit rate (10% at December 31, 1995) and matured 
in April 1996.  The loan and all accrued interest was repaid at such time.


                                    -38-
<PAGE>


     During 1995, Michael W. Morgan, President and Chief Executive Officer of 
the Company, exercised certain options to acquire shares of common stock of 
StarPak, Inc. and delivered his promissory note in payment of the exercise 
price, bearing interest at 4.63%, payable in installments during 1999.  The 
note was repaid in full in January 1997.

NOTES PAYABLE TO PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

     Immediately prior to closing this offering, the Company will declare a 
dividend in an amount equal to the estimated additional paid-in capital and 
retained earnings of the Company as of the closing date, payable to the 
Principal Stockholders pursuant to certain promissory notes, which will equal 
$5.5 million, plus an adjustment for any additional paid-in capital and 
retained earnings after September 30, 1996 through the closing date.  The 
promissory notes payable to the Principal Stockholders will be paid from net 
proceeds to the Company from this offering.  From this amount, the Principal 
Stockholders will be required to pay applicable federal and state income 
taxes on earnings of the Company attributable to the period from January 1, 
1997 through closing of this offering, the period in which the Company will 
continue to operate as an S corporation.  See "Use of Proceeds."

FUTURE TRANSACTIONS

     The Company has implemented a policy requiring that any material 
transaction between the Company and its officers, directors or an affiliated 
party is subject to approval by a majority of the directors not interested in 
such transaction, who must determine that the terms of any such transaction 
are no less favorable to the Company than can be obtained from an 
unaffiliated third party.







                                     -39-
<PAGE>

                      PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

     The following table sets forth certain information regarding the 
beneficial ownership of the Company's Common Stock as of the date of this 
Prospectus, and as adjusted to reflect the sale of the shares of Common Stock 
being offered hereby, by (i) each stockholder who is known by the Company to 
beneficially own more than 5% of the currently outstanding shares of Common 
Stock; (ii) each of the Company's Directors and executive officers; (iii) all 
executive officers and Directors of the Company as a group; and (iv) the 
Selling Stockholders.

<TABLE>
                                 SHARES BENEFICIALLY OWNED                             SHARES BENEFICIALLY
                                   PRIOR TO THE OFFERING           NUMBER OF        OWNED AFTER THE OFFERING(a)
      NAME AND ADDRESS OF        -------------------------        SHARES BEING      ---------------------------
      BENEFICIAL OWNER           NUMBER           PERCENT          OFFERED(a)        NUMBER           PERCENT
<S>                              <C>              <C>             <C>               <C>              <C>
A. Emmet Stephenson, Jr.(b)(c)                      32.82%
                                                      
Michael W. Morgan(b)(d)                             10.44
                                                              
Dennis M. Swenson(b)(e)                              0.00
                                                              
Toni E. Stephenson(b)(f)                            32.82
                                                              
FASSET Trust(b)                                     11.96
                                                            
MASSET Trust(b)                                     11.96
                                                     
Pamela S. Oliver(b)(g)                              23.92
                                                      
Thomas O. Ryder (i)                                  0.00                           10,000 (h)
                                                     
Ed Zschau (j)                                        0.00                           10,000 (h)
                                                         
All directors and executive officers                43.26%
 as a group (5 persons)                                  

</TABLE>

- ------------------
(a)  Assumes no exercise of the Underwriters' over-allotment option.  If the
     Underwriters' over-allotment option is fully exercised, A. Emmet
     Stephenson, Jr., Michael W. Morgan, Toni E. Stephenson, FASSET Trust and
     MASSET Trust (the "Selling Stockholders") will sell up to 550,000
     additional shares on a pro rata basis.

(b)  The address of each person, trust or trustee is c/o the Company, 111 Havana
     Street, Denver, Colorado  80010.

(c)  Mr. Stephenson is the Chairman of the Board of the Company.  See
     "Management."  Mr. Stephenson is the husband of Toni E. Stephenson. 
     Mrs. Stephenson disclaims beneficial ownership of shares owned by
     Mr. Stephenson. 

(d)  Does not include __________ shares of Common Stock issuable upon the
     exercise of stock options to be granted immediately prior to closing of
     this offering.  See "Management--Stock Option Plan."  Mr. Morgan is
     President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company.  See "Management."

(e)  Does not include __________ shares of Common Stock issuable upon the
     exercise of stock options to be granted immediately prior to the closing of
     this offering.  See "Management--Stock Option Plan." Mr. Swenson is
     Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company.  See
     "Management."

(f)  Mrs. Stephenson is the wife of A. Emmet Stephenson, Jr.  Mr. Stephenson
     disclaims beneficial ownership of shares owned by Mrs. Stephenson.  From
     the inception of StarPak, Inc. and StarPak International, Ltd. until
     January 23, 1997, Mrs. Stephenson was a director of each such company and
     will continue to act as a vice president of such companies, without
     compensation.

(g)  Represents shares owned by the FASSET Trust and MASSET Trust.  Mrs. Oliver
     is the sole trustee of each of the trusts and has sole voting power and
     investment power with respect to the Common Stock held by the trusts.  Mrs.
     Oliver is Mr. Stephenson's sister.  From the inception of StarPak, Inc. and
     StarPak International, Ltd. until January 23, 1997, Mrs. Oliver was a
     director of each such company and will continue to act as a vice president
     of such companies, without compensation.

(h)  Includes 10,000 shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of stock
     options to be granted simultaneous with the closing of this offering.  See
     "Management--Compensation of Directors."


                                     -40

<PAGE>

(i)  Mr. Ryder's business address is 200 Vesey Street, New York, New York 10285.

(j)  Mr. Zschau's business address is Harvard Business School, Baker Library
     371, Boston, Massachusetts 02163.








                                     -41-
<PAGE>

                           SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE


     Upon the closing of this offering, the Company will have _________ shares
of Common Stock outstanding.  All of the shares offered hereby will be freely
tradeable without restriction or registration under the Securities Act, except
for any shares purchased by an "affiliate" of the Company (in general, a person
who has a control relationship with the Company), which will be subject to the
limitations of Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act.  All of the
remaining _____ outstanding shares of Common Stock (or ___________ shares if the
Underwriters' over-allotment option is fully exercised) are deemed to be
"restricted securities" as that term is defined in Rule 144.  Beginning 180 days
after the date of this Prospectus, upon the expiration of lock-up agreements
with DLJ (described below), _____________ of these restricted shares
(_____________ shares if the Underwriters' over-allotment option is fully
exercised) will be available for sale subject to compliance with Rule 144 volume
and other requirements.  The remaining _________ shares of restricted securities
(_____________ shares if the Underwriters' over-allotment option is fully
exercised) will be eligible for sale beginning ______________, 1999, subject to
compliance with Rule 144 volume and other requirements.

     In general, under Rule 144, as currently in effect, a person (or persons
whose shares are aggregated) who has beneficially owned restricted securities
within the meaning of Rule 144 ("Restricted Shares") for at least two years,
including the holding period of any prior owner except an affiliate, would be
entitled to sell within any three-month period a number of shares that does not
exceed the greater of (i) one percent of the then outstanding shares of Common
Stock (approximately _____ shares after giving effect to this offering) or
(ii) the average weekly trading volume of the Common Stock on the NYSE during
the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a Form 144 with respect to such
sale.  Sales under Rule 144 are also subject to certain "manner of sale"
provisions, notice requirements and the availability of current public
information about the Company.  Any person (or persons whose shares are
aggregated) who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of the Company at any
time during the 90 days preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned shares
for at least three years (including any period of ownership of preceding
nonaffiliated owners), would be entitled to sell such shares under Rule 144(k)
without regard to the volume limitations, manner of sale provisions, public
information requirements or notice requirements.  If certain proposed amendments
to Rule 144 are adopted, the two-and three-year holding period requirements
described above will be reduced to one and two years, respectively.

     The Selling Stockholders and the Company have agreed with DLJ that until
180 days after the date of this Prospectus they will not, directly or
indirectly, offer, sell, contract to sell, grant any option to purchase or
otherwise dispose of any Common Stock or any securities convertible into or
exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock, or in any manner transfer all or a
portion of the economic consequences associated with the ownership of the Common
Stock, or cause a registration statement covering any shares of Common Stock to
be filed, without the prior written consent of DLJ, subject to certain limited
exceptions, including grants of options pursuant to, and issuance of shares of
Common Stock upon exercise of options under, the Option Plan and the Director
Option Plan.  See "Risk Factors--Substantial Number of Shares Eligible for
Future Sale."

     Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for the Common
Stock.  The Company can make no predictions as to the effect, if any, that
public sales of shares of Common Stock or the availability of shares for sale
will have on the market price from time to time.  Nevertheless, sales of
substantial amounts of the Common Stock in the public market or the perception
that such sales could occur, could adversely affect the prevailing market prices
of the Common Stock and could impair the Company's future ability to raise
capital through an offering of its equity securities.


                                   -42-

<PAGE>

                             DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK


     The authorized capital stock of the Company consists of 95,000,000 shares
of Common Stock, and 15,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock, $.01 par value
("Preferred Stock"), which may be issued in one or more series.  Immediately
following the completion of this offering, an aggregate of _____ shares of
Common Stock will be issued and outstanding, and no shares of Preferred Stock
will be issued or outstanding.

     The following description of the Company's capital stock is a summary of
the material terms of such stock.  It does not purport to be complete and is
subject in all respects to applicable Delaware law and to the provisions of the
Company's Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Restated Bylaws, copies of
which have been filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement of which this
Prospectus is a part.

COMMON STOCK

     The Board of Directors of the Company in its sole discretion may issue
shares of Common Stock from the authorized and unissued shares of Common Stock. 
Holders of Common Stock are entitled to one vote per share on all matters to be
voted upon by the stockholders, including the election of directors.  The
Company's Restated Certificate of Incorporation does not provide for cumulative
voting in the election of directors.

     Holders of Common Stock are entitled to receive such dividends as may be
declared from time to time by the Board of Directors out of funds legally
available therefor.  The Company does not anticipate paying any cash dividends
in the foreseeable future.  See "Dividend Policy."  In the event of liquidation,
dissolution or winding up of the Company, holders of Common Stock are entitled
to share ratably in all assets remaining after payment of liabilities and after
satisfaction of the liquidation preference of any outstanding Preferred Stock.

     Holders of Common Stock have no preemptive, conversion or redemption rights
and are not subject to further assessments by the Company.  Upon consummation of
this offering, all of the then outstanding shares of Common Stock will be
validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.

PREFERRED STOCK

     The Company's Board of Directors is authorized to issue from time to time,
without stockholder authorization, in one or more designated series, any or all
of the authorized but unissued shares of Preferred Stock with such dividend,
redemption, conversion and exchange provisions as may be provided for the
particular series.  Any series of Preferred Stock may possess voting, dividend,
liquidation and redemption rights superior to those of the Common Stock.  The
rights of the holders of Common Stock will be subject to and may be adversely
affected by the rights of the holders of any Preferred Stock that may be issued
in the future.  Issuance of a new series of Preferred Stock, while providing
desirable flexibility in connection with possible acquisitions and other
corporate purposes, could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire,
or discourage a third party from acquiring, the outstanding voting stock of the
Company, and make removal of the present Board of Directors more difficult.  The
Company has no present plans to issue any shares of Preferred Stock.  See "Risk
Factors--Anti-Takeover Provisions."

CERTAIN PROVISIONS OF DELAWARE LAW

     The Company is a Delaware corporation and is subject to Section 203 of the
Delaware General Corporation Law ("DGCL").  In general, Section 203 prevents an
"interested stockholder" (defined generally as a person owning 15% or more of a
corporation's outstanding voting stock) from engaging in a "business
combination" (as defined) with a Delaware corporation for three years following
the date such person became an interested stockholder unless (i) before such
person became an interested stockholder, the board of directors of the
corporation approved the transaction in which the interested stockholder became
an interested stockholder or approved the business combination, (ii) upon
consummation of the transaction that resulted in the interested stockholder
becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owns at least 85%
of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction
commenced (excluding shares owned by persons who are both officers and directors
of the corporation and shares held 


                                   -43-

<PAGE>

by certain employee stock ownership plans) or (iii) following the transaction 
in which such person became an interested stockholder, the business combination
is approved by the board of directors of the corporation and authorized at a 
meeting of stockholders by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 
two-thirds of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation not owned by 
the interested stockholder.

LIMITATION OF LIABILITY AND INDEMNIFICATION

     The Company's Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Restated Bylaws
provide that, to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, a director of the
Company shall not be liable to the Company or its stockholders for monetary
damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director.  Under the DGCL, liability
of a director may not be limited (i) for any breach of the director's duty of
loyalty to the Company or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in
good faith or that involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law,
(iii) in respect of certain unlawful dividend payments or stock redemptions or
repurchases and (iv) for any transaction from which the director derives an
improper personal benefit.  The effect of the provisions of the Company's
Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Restated Bylaws is to eliminate the
rights of the Company and its stockholders (through stockholders' derivative
suits on behalf of the Company) to recover monetary damages against a director
for breach of the fiduciary duty of care as a director (including breaches
resulting from negligent or grossly negligent behavior), except in the
situations described in clauses (i) through (iv) above.  This provision does not
limit or eliminate the rights of the Company or any stockholder to seek
nonmonetary relief such as an injunction or rescission in the event of a breach
of a director's duty of loyalty.  In addition, the Company's Restated
Certificate of Incorporation and Restated Bylaws provide that the Company shall
indemnify its directors and officers, against losses incurred by any such person
by reason of the fact that such person was acting in such capacity. 

CERTAIN ANTI-TAKEOVER EFFECTS

     The provisions of the Restated Certificate of Incorporation and the
Restated Bylaws of the Company summarized above may be deemed to have
anti-takeover effects and may delay, defer or prevent a tender offer or takeover
attempt that a stockholder might consider to be in such stockholder's best
interest, including those attempts that might result in a premium over the
market price for the shares held by stockholders.  See "Risk
Factors--Anti-Takeover Provisions."

TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR

     The Transfer Agent and Registrar for the Common Stock is UMB Bank, N.A.,
Kansas City, Missouri. 

LISTING

     There is no public trading market for the Common Stock.  The Company
intends to file an application to list the Common Stock on the New York Stock
Exchange ("NYSE") under the symbol "SRT."


                                   -44-

<PAGE>

                                     UNDERWRITING


     Subject to certain terms and conditions contained in an underwriting
agreement (the "Underwriting Agreement"), the Underwriters named below for whom
DLJ and Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated are serving as representatives (the
"Representatives"), have severally agreed to purchase from the Company and the
Selling Stockholders, the respective number of shares of Common Stock set forth
opposite their names below:



                                                                     NUMBER OF
                            UNDERWRITERS                               SHARES

          Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette Securities Corporation .....  

          Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated .......................  







               TOTAL ..............................................  3,666,667
                                                                     ---------
                                                                     ---------


     The Underwriting Agreement provides that the obligations of the several
Underwriters to purchase shares of Common Stock are subject to the approval of
certain legal matters by counsel and to certain other conditions.  If any of the
shares of Common Stock are purchased by the Underwriters pursuant to the
Underwriting Agreement, all of the shares of Common Stock (other than the shares
of Common Stock covered by the Underwriters' over-allotment option described
below) must be so purchased.

     Prior to this offering, there has been no established trading market for
the Common Stock.  The initial price to the public for the Common Stock offered
hereby will be determined by negotiation between the Company and the
Representatives.  The factors to be considered in determining the initial price
to the public include the history of and the prospects for the industry in which
the Company competes, the performance and ability of the Company's management,
the past and present operations of the Company, the historical results of
operations of the Company, the prospects for future earnings of the Company, the
general condition of the securities markets at the time of this offering and the
recent market prices of securities of generally comparable companies.  The
estimated initial public offering price range set forth on the cover page of
this Prospectus is subject to change as a result of market conditions and other
factors.

     The Company and the Selling Stockholders have agreed to indemnify the
Underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the
Securities Act, or to contribute to payments that the Underwriters may be
required to make in respect thereof.

     The Company has been advised by the Representatives that the Underwriters
propose to offer the shares of Common Stock to the public initially at the price
to the public set forth on the cover page of this Prospectus and to certain
dealers (who may include the Underwriters) at such price less a concession not
to exceed $__________ per share.  The Underwriters may allow, and such dealers
may reallow, discounts not in excess of $__________ per share to any other
Underwriter and certain other dealers.  After this offering, the offering price
and other selling terms may be changed by the Underwriters.


                                   -45-

<PAGE>

     The Selling Stockholders have granted to the Underwriters an option to
purchase up to an aggregate of 550,000 additional shares of Common Stock, pro
rata based on their relative holdings prior to this offering, at the initial
public offering price less underwriting discounts and commissions, solely to
cover over-allotments.  Such option may be exercised in whole or in part from
time to time during the 30-day period after the date of this Prospectus.  To the
extent that the Underwriters exercise such option, each of the Underwriters will
be committed, subject to certain conditions, to purchase from the Selling
Stockholders on a pro rata basis a number of option shares proportionate to such
Underwriter's initial commitment as indicated in the preceding table.

     The Underwriters have reserved up to 5% of the shares of Common Stock
offered hereby for sale at the initial public offering price to certain
employees, consultants and other persons associated with the Company.  The
number of shares of Common Stock available for sale to the general public will
be reduced to the extent such persons purchase such reserved shares.  Any
reserved shares not so purchased will be offered by the Underwriters to the
general public on the same basis as the other shares offered hereby.  This
program will be administered by DLJ.

     The Company and the Selling Stockholders have agreed not to offer, sell,
contract to sell or otherwise dispose of any shares of Common Stock or any
securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock, or
in any manner transfer all or a portion of the economic consequences associated
with the ownership of such Common Stock, or to cause a registration statement
covering any shares of Common Stock to be filed, for 180 days after the date of
this Prospectus without the prior written consent of DLJ, subject to certain
limited exceptions, and provided that the Company may grant options pursuant to,
and issue shares of Common Stock upon the exercise of options under the Option
Plan and the Director Option Plan.  See "Shares Eligible for Future Sale."

     The Representatives have informed the Company that they do not expect to
make sales to accounts over which they exercise discretionary authority in
excess of ___% of the number of shares of Common Stock offered hereby.

     The Company intends to file an application for listing of the Common Stock
on the NYSE.  In order to meet the requirements for listing on the NYSE, the
Underwriters will undertake to sell lots of 100 or more shares of Common Stock
to a minimum of 2,000 beneficial holders.


                                   -46-

<PAGE>

                                    LEGAL MATTERS


     The validity of the shares of the Common Stock offered hereby will be
passed upon for the Company by Otten, Johnson, Robinson, Neff & Ragonetti, P.C.,
Denver, Colorado.  Certain legal matters will be passed upon for the
Underwriters by Milbank, Tweed, Hadley & McCloy, Los Angeles, California. 


                                       EXPERTS

     The combined financial statements of StarTek, Inc. at December 31, 1995 and
1994 and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 1995,
appearing in this Prospectus and the Registration Statement have been audited by
Ernst & Young LLP, independent auditors, as set forth in their report thereon
appearing elsewhere herein and in the Registration Statement, and are included
in reliance upon such report given upon the authority of such firm as experts in
accounting and auditing. 


                                ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

     The Company has filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the
"Commission") a Registration Statement on Form S-1 (together with all
amendments, exhibits, schedules and supplements thereto, the "Registration
Statement"), of which this Prospectus forms a part, covering the Common Stock to
be sold pursuant to this offering.  As permitted by the rules and regulations of
the Commission, this Prospectus omits certain information, exhibits and
undertakings contained in the Registration Statement.  Such additional
information, exhibits and undertakings can be inspected at and obtained from the
Commission at prescribed rates at the public reference facilities maintained by
the Commission at Room 1024, 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Judiciary Plaza,
Washington, D.C. 20549 and at certain regional offices of the Commission located
at Northwestern Atrium Center, 500 West Madison Street, Suite 1400, Chicago,
Illinois 60661 and 13th Floor, 7 World Trade Center, New York, New York, 10048. 
The Commission maintains a Web site at http://www.sec.gov that contains reports,
proxy and information statements and other information regarding registrants
that file electronically with the Commission.  In addition, the Company intends
to file an application to list the Common Stock on the NYSE, and following such
filing, the reports and other information concerning the Company may be
inspected at the offices of such exchange.  For additional information with
respect to the Company, the Common Stock and related matters and documents,
reference is made to the Registration Statement.  Statements contained herein
concerning any such document are not necessarily complete and, in each instance,
reference is made to the copy of such document filed as an exhibit to the
Registration Statement.  Each such statement is qualified in its entirety by
such reference.

     The Company will issue annual reports and unaudited quarterly reports to
its stockholders for the first three quarters of each fiscal year.  Annual
reports will include audited consolidated financial statements prepared in
accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States
and a report of its independent public accountants with respect to the
examination of such financial statements.  In addition, the Company will issue
such other interim reports as it deems appropriate.


                                   -47-

<PAGE>

                     INDEX TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

                                 STARTEK, INC.

                                                                           PAGE
                                                                           ----
Report of Ernst & Young LLP                                                F-2

Combined Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1994 and 1995, and
September 30, 1996                                                         F-3

Combined Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 1993,
1994 and 1995 and the nine months ended September 30, 1995 and 1996        F-4

Combined Statements of Stockholders' Equity for the years ended
December 31, 1993, 1994 and 1995 and the nine months ended September 30,
1996                                                                       F-5

Combined Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 1993,
1994 and 1995 and the nine months ended September 30, 1995 and 1996        F-6

Notes to Combined Financial Statements                                     F-8




                                     F-1

<PAGE>

                         REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

Board of Directors
StarTek, Inc.

     We have audited the accompanying combined balance sheets of StarPak, Inc.
and StarPak International, Ltd. as of December 31, 1994 and 1995, and the
related combined statements of operations, stockholders' equity and cash flows
for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 1995.  These
financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management.  Our
responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on
our audits.

     We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in
all material respects, the combined financial position of StarPak, Inc. and
StarPak International, Ltd. at December 31, 1994 and 1995, and the combined
results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in
the period ended December 31, 1995, in conformity with generally accepted
accounting principles.



Denver, Colorado
January 24, 1997



                                                 ERNST & YOUNG LLP

                                                 /s/ Ernst & Young LLP

                                     F-2

<PAGE>

                                  STARTEK, INC.
                                    (NOTE 1)

                             COMBINED BALANCE SHEETS

<TABLE>
                                                             DECEMBER 31,                        PRO FORMA
                                                     --------------------------   SEPTEMBER 30  SEPTEMBER 30
                                                         1994           1995          1996      1996(NOTE 2)
                                                                                  (UNAUDITED)   (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                  <C>            <C>           <C>           <C>
ASSETS
Current assets:
 Cash and cash equivalents                           $   119,237    $   451,456   $   451,973   $   451,973
 Trade accounts receivable, less allowance for       
  doubtful accounts of $85,000, $197,747 and         
   $227,559 in 1994, 1995, and 1996, respectively      7,036,433     13,261,904     7,490,256     7,490,256
 Inventories (NOTE 3)                                    886,495      1,357,843     2,171,204     2,171,204
 Prepaid expenses                                        143,463        225,162       187,278       187,278
 Notes receivable--stockholders (NOTE 13)                773,875        663,494       635,760       635,760
 Note receivable--affiliate (NOTE 13)                    667,800             --            --            --
                                                     -----------    -----------   -----------   -----------
Total current assets                                   9,627,303     15,959,859    10,936,471    10,936,471
                                                     
Property, plant and equipment, net (NOTE 4)            2,711,887      5,614,670     6,220,777     6,220,777
                                                     
Other assets                                              12,482          5,627         9,826         9,826
                                                     -----------    -----------   -----------   -----------
Total assets                                         $12,351,672    $21,580,156   $17,167,074   $17,167,074
                                                     -----------    -----------   -----------   -----------
                                                     -----------    -----------   -----------   -----------
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current liabilities:  
 Line of credit (NOTE 5)                             $ 1,999,052    $ 3,450,708   $   886,278      $886,278
 Accounts payable                                      5,558,387      9,705,673     6,073,767     6,073,767
 Accrued liabilities                                     367,582        551,588     1,002,202     1,002,202
 Current portion of capital lease obligations            398,701        547,595       792,715       792,715
 Current portion of long-term debt                            --          7,059         5,190         5,190
 Notes payable--stockholders (NOTE 13)                   738,494        738,494       710,760       710,760
 Other                                                   131,421        161,049       171,828       171,828
 Notes payable to Principal Stockholders (NOTE 14)            --             --            --     5,509,227
                                                     -----------    -----------   -----------   -----------
Total current liabilities                              9,193,637     15,162,166     9,642,740    15,151,967

Capital  lease obligations,  less current
 portion (NOTE 6)                                        151,589      1,084,575     1,545,338     1,545,338
Long-term debt, less current portion (NOTE 7)                 --        353,787       350,466       350,466
Notes payable--affiliate (NOTE 13)                            --      1,111,844            --            --
Other                                                         --         69,885       117,375       117,375
Commitments (NOTE 6)

Stockholders' equity (NOTES 9 AND 10)
Common stock                                                 425            432           432           432
Additional paid-in capital                             1,850,235      2,907,826     2,907,826            --
Cumulative translation adjustment                        (15,049)        (9,922)        1,496         1,496
Retained earnings                                      1,170,835      1,112,897     2,814,735            --
Note receivable--stockholder for the 
 exercise of stock options (NOTE 10)                          --       (213,334)     (213,334)           --
                                                     -----------    -----------   -----------   -----------
Total stockholders' equity                             3,006,446      3,797,899     5,511,155         1,928
                                                     -----------    -----------   -----------   -----------
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity           $12,351,672    $21,580,156   $17,167,074   $17,167,074
                                                     -----------    -----------   -----------   -----------
                                                     -----------    -----------   -----------   -----------
</TABLE>

SEE ACCOMPANYING NOTES.


                                     F-3

<PAGE>

                                   STARTEK, INC.
                                      (NOTE 1)
                          COMBINED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

<TABLE>
                                                              YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,         NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                       ------------------------------------   -------------------------------
                                                           1993         1994         1995           1995           1996
<S>                                                    <C>          <C>           <C>              <C>           <C>
Revenues                                               $23,044,170  $26,340,985  $41,509,363      $23,793,395   $44,805,932 
Cost of services                                        18,038,882   21,354,828   33,230,050       18,674,123    35,973,759
                                                       -----------  -----------  -----------      -----------   ----------- 
Gross profit                                             5,005,288    4,986,157    8,279,313        5,119,272     8,832,173

Selling, general and administrative expenses             3,478,820    4,489,529    5,341,384        3,720,727     5,319,076
                                                       -----------  -----------  -----------      -----------   ----------- 
Operating profit                                         1,526,468      496,628    2,937,929        1,398,545     3,513,097
Net interest expense and other (NOTE 8)                    192,720      215,541      396,255          263,516       301,878
                                                       -----------  -----------  -----------      -----------   ----------- 

Income before management fee expense and income taxes    1,333,748      281,087    2,541,674        1,135,029     3,211,219
Management fee expense (NOTE 2)                          1,702,486      612,440    2,599,612          957,105     1,397,435 
Income tax expense (NOTE 2)                                      -            -            -                -       111,946
                                                       -----------  -----------  -----------      -----------   ----------- 
Net income (loss)                                      $  (368,738) $  (331,353) $   (57,938)     $   177,924   $ 1,701,838
                                                       -----------  -----------  -----------      -----------   ----------- 
                                                       -----------  -----------  -----------      -----------   ----------- 

PRO FORMA COMBINED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
  (UNAUDITED) (NOTE 2):
  Historical net income (loss)                                                   $   (57,938)                   $ 1,701,838  
  Income tax expense                                                                       -                        111,946  
  Management fee expense                                                           2,599,612                      1,397,435 
                                                                                 -----------                    ----------- 
  Pro forma income before income taxes                                             2,541,674                      3,211,219 
  Pro forma income taxes                                                             948,044                      1,197,785 
                                                                                 -----------                    ----------- 
Pro forma net income                                                             $ 1,593,630                    $ 2,013,434
                                                                                 -----------                    ----------- 
                                                                                 -----------                    ----------- 
</TABLE>
Pro forma net income per share
Shares outstanding
SEE ACCOMPANYING NOTES.


                                    F-4

<PAGE>

                                     STARTEK, INC.
                                        (NOTE 1)

                          COMBINED STATEMENT OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

<TABLE>
                                             COMMON STOCK       ADDITIONAL                 NOTE       CUMULATIVE       TOTAL
                                            ---------------      PAID-IN    RETAINED    RECEIVABLE-   TRANSLATION   STOCKHOLDERS' 
                                            SHARES   AMOUNT      CAPITAL    EARNINGS    STOCKHOLDER    ADJUSTMENT      EQUITY
<S>                                         <C>       <C>        <C>        <C>          <C>            <C>            <C>
Beginning balance, January 1, 1993          18,428     $184     $  117,177  $1,914,087   $      --     $      --      $2,031,448  
  Issuance of stock for cash                16,457      164        982,851          --          --            --         983,015  
  Issuance of stock for options exercised    1,092       11         23,391          --          --            --          23,402  
  Translation loss                              --       --             --          --          --        (2,121)         (2,121) 
  Repurchase of stock                         (365)      (4)            --     (43,161)         --            --         (43,165) 
  Net loss                                      --       --             --    (368,738)         --            --        (368,738) 
                                            ------     ----     ----------  ----------   ---------       -------      ---------- 
Balance, December 31, 1993                  35,612      355      1,123,419   1,502,188          --        (2,121)      2,623,841  
  Issuance of stock for cash                 6,925       70        726,816          --          --            --         726,886  
  Translation loss                              --       --             --          --          --       (12,928)        (12,928) 
  Net loss                                      --       --             --    (331,353)         --            --        (331,353) 
                                            ------     ----     ----------  ----------   ---------       -------      ---------- 
Balance, December 31, 1994                  42,537      425      1,850,235   1,170,835          --       (15,049)      3,006,446  
  Issuance of stock for cash                   820        8         89,195          --          --            --          89,203  
  Issuance of stock for options exercised    1,728       17        231,147          --          --            --         231,164  
  Note receivable--stockholder                  --       --             --          --    (213,334)           --        (213,334) 
  Repurchase of stock                       (1,885)     (18)      (129,724)         --          --            --        (129,742) 
  Contributed capital                           --       --        866,973          --          --            --         866,973  
  Translation gain                              --       --             --          --          --         5,127           5,127  
  Net loss                                      --       --             --     (57,938)         --            --         (57,938) 
                                            ------     ----     ----------  ----------   ---------       -------      ---------- 
Balance, December 31, 1995                  43,200      432      2,907,826   1,112,897    (213,334)       (9,922)      3,797,899 
  Translation gain (unaudited)                  --       --             --          --          --        11,418          11,418 
  Net income (unaudited)                        --       --             --   1,701,838          --            --       1,701,838 
                                            ------     ----     ----------  ----------   ---------       -------      ---------- 
Balance, September 30, 1996 (unaudited)     43,200     $432     $2,907,826  $2,814,735   $(213,334)      $ 1,496      $5,511,155
                                            ------     ----     ----------  ----------   ---------       -------      ---------- 
                                            ------     ----     ----------  ----------   ---------       -------      ---------- 
</TABLE>



                                    F-5

<PAGE>
                                 STARTEK, INC.
                                   (NOTE 1)   

                       COMBINED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

<TABLE>
                                                                                                         NINE MONTHS ENDED     
                                                              YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,                      SEPTEMBER 30,       
                                                    ------------------------------------------     --------------------------- 
                                                       1993           1994             1995            1995            1996    

                                                                                                            (UNAUDITED)        
 <S>                                                <C>            <C>             <C>             <C>              <C>        
 CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES
 Net income (loss)                                  $  (368,738)   $  (331,353)    $   (57,938)    $   177,924      $1,701,838 
 Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash
  provided by operating activities:
  Depreciation and amortization                         455,731        588,222         873,246         605,815         938,140 
  Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
    Accounts receivable                                 684,744     (3,332,112)     (6,225,471)       (265,020)      5,771,648 
    Inventories                                         306,784         14,759        (471,348)       (466,441)       (813,361)
    Prepaid expenses                                     (5,092)        24,024         (81,699)       (135,170)         37,884 
    Other assets                                         10,500         (8,314)          6,855        (105,745)         (4,199)
    Accounts payable                                   (807,246)     3,172,354       4,147,286         (30,278)     (3,631,906)
    Accrued and other liabilities                        27,513        270,611         283,519         578,086         508,883 
    Deferred revenue                                   (500,888)            --              --              --              -- 
                                                    -----------    -----------     -----------       ---------      ---------- 
 Net cash provided by (used in) operating     
 activities                                            (196,692)       398,191      (1,525,550)        359,171       4,508,927 

 CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES
 Purchases of property, plant and equipment, net     (1,238,668)      (670,218)     (2,104,525)       (459,305)       (580,749)
 Collections (advances) on notes
  receivable--stockholders                             (276,826)       (97,049)        110,381         110,381          27,734 
 Collections (advances) on notes receivable--
  affiliate                                             (80,667)      (587,133)        667,800         667,800              -- 
                                                    -----------    -----------     -----------       ---------      ---------- 
 Net cash provided by (used in) investing       
 activities                                          (1,596,161)    (1,354,400)     (1,326,344)        318,876        (553,015)

 CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES
 Net proceeds from (payments on) line of 
  credit borrowings                                     490,000      1,209,052       1,451,656        (186,238)     (2,564,430)
 Principal payments on borrowings                       (39,167)      (364,282)         (1,654)             --          (5,190)

 Proceeds from borrowings and capital lease
  obligations                                           316,968             --         362,500              --         368,470 
 Proceeds from (principal payments on) notes
  payable--stockholder                                  263,494             --              --              --         (27,734)
 Proceeds from (principal payments on) notes
  payable--affiliate                                         --       (100,000)      1,111,844              --      (1,111,844)
 Principal payments on capital lease obligations       (279,324)      (395,412)       (589,624)       (306,307)       (626,085)
 Issuance of common stock                             1,006,417        726,886         107,033         107,033              -- 
 Contributed capital                                         --             --         866,973              --              -- 

 Repurchase of common stock                             (43,165)            --        (129,742)       (129,742)             -- 
                                                    -----------    -----------     -----------       ---------      ---------- 
 Net cash provided by (used in) financing 
 activities                                           1,715,223      1,076,244       3,178,986        (515,254)     (3,966,813)
</TABLE>


                                     F-6 
<PAGE>
                                 STARTEK, INC.
                                   (NOTE 1)   

                COMBINED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (CONTINUED)

<TABLE>
                                                                                                         NINE MONTHS ENDED     
                                                              YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,                      SEPTEMBER 30,       
                                                    ------------------------------------------     --------------------------- 
                                                       1993           1994             1995            1995            1996    

 <S>                                                <C>            <C>             <C>             <C>              <C>        
 Effect of exchange rate changes on cash            $    (2,121)   $   (12,928)    $     5,127       $  (5,473)     $   11,418 
                                                    -----------    -----------     -----------       ---------      ---------- 
 Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash 
   equivalents                                          (79,751)       107,107         332,219         157,320             517 

 Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year          91,881         12,130         119,237         119,237         451,456 
                                                    -----------    -----------     -----------       ---------      ---------- 
 Cash and cash equivalents at end of year           $    12,130    $   119,237     $   451,456       $ 276,557      $  451,973 
                                                    -----------    -----------     -----------       ---------      ---------- 
                                                    -----------    -----------     -----------       ---------      ---------- 

 SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION
 Cash paid for interest                             $   157,416    $   212,981     $   365,880     $   259,195      $  357,283 

 SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF NONCASH ACTIVITY
 Equipment acquired or refinanced under 
  capital leases                                    $   989,079    $    65,153     $ 1,671,504     $ 1,324,114      $  963,498 

 Note received in exchange for the purchase of
  common stock from options exercised                        --             --     $   213,334     $   213,334              -- 

</TABLE>


SEE ACCOMPANYING NOTES.





















                                     F-7 
<PAGE>

                                 STARTEK, INC.

                     NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(INFORMATION FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1995 AND 1996 IS UNAUDITED)

1. BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

     The accompanying combined financial statements of StarTek, Inc. (the
"Company" or "StarTek") include the accounts of StarPak, Inc. and StarPak
International, Ltd.  The Company was incorporated in Delaware on December 30,
1996.  Effective January 1, 1997, the shareholders of StarPak, Inc. exchanged
all of the outstanding shares of capital stock of StarPak, Inc. for shares of
common stock of the Company, and StarPak, Inc. became a wholly-owned subsidiary
of the Company.  Effective January 24, 1997, the shareholders of StarPak
International, Ltd. contributed all of its outstanding shares of capital stock
to the Company, and StarPak International, Ltd. became a wholly-owned subsidiary
of the Company.  References to the Company and StarTek include these combined
entities.

BUSINESS OPERATIONS

     The Company is an international provider of integrated outsourced services
primarily for Fortune 500 companies in targeted industries.  The Company offers
a wide spectrum of services throughout a product's life cycle, including product
order teleservices, supplier management, product assembly and packaging, product
distribution, product fulfillment, customer care and technical support
teleservices. The Company has operations in the North America, Europe and Asia.

PRINCIPLES OF COMBINATION

     The combined financial statements include the accounts of StarPak, Inc. and
StarPak International, Ltd.  All significant intercompany transactions have been
eliminated.

INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION

     The combined financial information as of September 30, 1996 and for the
nine months ended September 30, 1995 and 1996 is unaudited, but includes all
adjustments (consisting only of normal recurring adjustments) which, in the
opinion of management, are necessary to present fairly the financial position at
September 30, 1996, and the results of operations and cash flows for the periods
ended September 30, 1995 and September 30, 1996.  Interim results are not
necessarily indicative of the results which may be expected for any other
interim period or for a full year.

FOREIGN CURRENCY TRANSLATION

     Translation gains and losses are accumulated as a separate component of
stockholders' equity.  Translation gains and losses were not material for any
period presented.  Foreign currency transaction gains and losses are included in
determining net income.  Such gains and losses were not material for any period
presented.

                                     F-8

<PAGE>

                                 STARTEK, INC.

               NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)

NEW ACCOUNTING STANDARDS

     In March 1995, FAS No. 121, ACCOUNTING FOR THE IMPAIRMENT OF LONG-LIVED
ASSETS AND FOR LONG-LIVED ASSETS TO BE DISPOSED OF, was issued, which requires
impairment losses to be recorded on long-lived assets used in operations when
indicators of impairment are present and the undiscounted cash flows estimated
to be generated by those assets are less than the assets' carrying amount.  FAS
No. 121 also addresses the accounting for long-lived assets that are expected to
be disposed of.  The Company adopted FAS No. 121 in the first quarter of 1996.
The effect of adoption was not material.

     In October 1995, FAS No. 123, ACCOUNTING FOR STOCK BASED COMPENSATION, was
issued.  With respect to stock options granted to employees, FAS No.123 permits
companies to continue using the accounting method promulgated by the Accounting
Principles Board Opinion No. 25, ACCOUNTING FOR STOCK ISSUED TO EMPLOYEES (APB
25), to measure compensation or to adopt the fair value based method prescribed
by FAS No. 123.  StarTek has elected to continue following APB 25 and does not
plan to adopt the new fair value based method for employee stock options, as
allowed by the FASB 123.  The Company will, however, be required to provide fair
value disclosures relating to employee stock options in its 1996 annual
financial statements.

USE OF ESTIMATES

     The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial
statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the
reporting period.  Actual results could differ from those estimates.

REVENUE RECOGNITION

     Revenues are recognized as services are performed under each client
contract, which services may include product order teleservices, supplier
management, product assembly and packaging, product distribution, product order
fulfillment, and customer care and technical support teleservices.

FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

     Financial instruments consist of cash, accounts receivable and payable,
notes receivable, debt and capital lease obligations.  The carrying values of
cash and accounts receivable and payable approximate fair value.  Management
believes the difference between the fair values and carrying values of the notes
receivable, debt and capital lease obligations would not be materially different
since interest rates approximate market rates for material items.

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

     The Company considers all highly liquid investments purchased with a
maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents.

INVENTORIES

     Inventories are stated at the lower of cost (first-in, first-out basis) or
market.

                                     F-9

<PAGE>

                                 STARTEK, INC.

               NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)

PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

     Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost.  Additions, improvements
and major renewals are capitalized.  Maintenance, repairs and minor renewals are
expensed as incurred.  Costs related to the internal development of software are
expensed as incurred.

     Depreciation and amortization of equipment acquired under capital leases is
computed using the straight-line method based on the following estimated useful
lives:



                                                        ESTIMATED USEFUL LIFE
                                                        ---------------------
     Buildings                                                30 years
     Equipment, and equipment acquired under capital
      leases                                               3 to 5 years
     Furniture and fixtures                                     7 years

INCOME TAXES

     Effective July 1, 1992, StarPak, Inc. elected Subchapter S status for
income tax purposes, and StarPak International, Ltd. has maintained Subchapter S
status since inception.  As such, the income and expenses of the Company are
reportable on the tax returns of the stockholders, and no provision has been
made for federal and state income taxes.  The Company is subject to foreign
income taxes on certain of its operations.  A provision for foreign income taxes
was made for the nine months ended September 30, 1996, as loss carryovers
relating to foreign operations had been fully utilized.

MANAGEMENT FEE EXPENSE

     Historically, certain S corporation stockholders and an affiliate have been
paid certain management fees, bonuses and other fees in connection with services
rendered to the Company which have not been included in selling, general and
administrative expense.  Upon the closing of the offering, these management
fees, bonuses and other fees will be discontinued, and all compensation in the
form of advisory fees and salaries (an aggregate of approximately $516,000
annually) will thereafter be included in selling, general and administrative
expenses.

2. PRO FORMA INFORMATION (UNAUDITED) (See Note 14)

PRO FORMA COMBINED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS

     The pro forma combined statement of operations for the year ended
December 31, 1995 and the nine months ended September 30, 1996 presents the
effects on the historical combined financial statements of the elimination of
management fee expense paid to stockholders and their affiliates as these fees
will be discontinued upon the completion of the Company's initial public
offering and to provide related income taxes as if the Company were taxed as a
C corporation.

                                     F-10

<PAGE>

                                 STARTEK, INC.

               NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)

PRO FORMA COMBINED BALANCE SHEET

     The pro forma combined balance sheet at September 30, 1996 reflects, as
notes payable to the Principal Stockholders, amounts relating to accumulated
retained earnings and additional paid-in capital without reflecting any proceeds
from the proposed public offering.

INCOME TAXES

     Upon closing of the proposed public offering, the Company's S corporation
status will terminate.  The pro forma statement of operations reflects a
provision for federal, state and foreign income taxes at an effective rate of
37.3%.  A provision for foreign income taxes was made for the nine months ended
September 30, 1996, as foreign loss carryovers had been fully utilized.  Foreign
income taxes will be credited fully against United States income taxes.

PRO FORMA NET INCOME PER COMMON SHARE

     Pro forma net income per common share is based on the number of shares of
StarTek common stock to be outstanding after contribution of all StarPak, Inc.
and StarPak International, Ltd. shares, and the issuance of 3,000,000 shares of
common stock contemplated by the proposed public offering.


3. INVENTORIES

     The Company typically holds components and materials inventory pending
product assembly and packaging, and finished goods inventory for brief periods
pending shipments.  The Company normally has the right to be reimbursed by the
client for unused inventory.

     Total inventories consisted of the following:

                             DECEMBER 31,
                        ---------------------  SEPTEMBER 30,
                          1994        1995         1996
                                                (UNAUDITED)

     Finished goods     $ 21,399   $   76,480   $  220,112
     Raw materials       865,096    1,281,363    1,951,092
                        --------   ----------   ----------
                        $886,495   $1,357,843   $2,171,204
                        --------   ----------   ----------
                        --------   ----------   ----------

                                     F-11

<PAGE>

                                 STARTEK, INC.

               NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)

4. PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

     Property, plant and equipment are summarized as follows:

<TABLE>
                                                      DECEMBER 31,
                                               -------------------------  SEPTEMBER 30, 
                                                    1994          1995         1996
                                                                           (UNAUDITED)
          <S>                                  <C>            <C>          <C>
          Land                                 $    50,650   $   374,234   $   374,234
          Buildings                                376,350     1,553,028     2,235,057
          Equipment                              3,152,804     5,026,605     5,844,712
          Furniture and fixtures                   488,405       890,371       934,482
                                               -----------   -----------   -----------
                                                 4,068,209     7,844,238     9,388,485
          Less accumulated depreciation
            and amortization                    (1,356,322)   (2,229,568)   (3,167,708)
                                               -----------   -----------   -----------
          Property, plant and equipment, net   $ 2,711,887   $ 5,614,670   $ 6,220,777
                                               -----------   -----------   -----------
                                               -----------   -----------   -----------
</TABLE>

5. LINE OF CREDIT

     At December 31, 1995 and September 30, 1996, the Company had a revolving
line of credit agreement with a bank whereby the bank agreed to loan the Company
up to $3,600,000 and $4,500,000, respectively.  Interest was payable monthly and
accrued at the bank's base rate plus 1.5% at December 31, 1995 (10%) and at the
bank's base rate plus 1% at September 30, 1996 (9.25%), payable monthly.  This
revolving line of credit reduces to $3,500,000 on March 8, 1997 (if an extension
fee is not paid) and matures on June 30, 1999.  At December 31, 1995 and
September 30, 1996, the Company had drawn $3,450,708 and $886,278, respectively,
against this line.

     Under the revolving line of credit agreement the Company has pledged as
security all of its equipment, inventories and receivables.  The Company must
also maintain certain financial ratios, and is subject to certain restrictions
on the payment of dividends, capital expenditures and loans to affiliates and
stockholders.


6. LEASES

     The Company had an operating lease for office space with a partnership in
which major stockholders of the Company are general partners.  Payments under
the lease for the years ended December 31, 1993, 1994, and 1995 were $70,000
each year, and were $52,500 for each of the nine month periods ended September
30, 1995 and 1996.  The lease was cancelled effective December 31, 1996.

                                     F-12

<PAGE>

                                STARTEK, INC.

            NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)

     The Company's property held under capital leases consists of the following,
which is included in property, plant and equipment:



                                           DECEMBER 31,
                                     -----------------------  SEPTEMBER 30,
                                        1994         1995         1996
                                                              (UNAUDITED)

     Equipment                       $1,342,769   $3,014,273   $ 4,346,241
     Less accumulated amortization     (592,246)    (998,286)   (1,731,259)
                                     ----------   ----------   -----------
                                     $  750,523   $2,015,987   $ 2,614,982
                                     ----------   ----------   -----------
                                     ----------   ----------   -----------

Amortization of leased assets is included in depreciation and amortization
expense.

     As of December 31, 1995, future minimum rental commitments, by year and in
the aggregate, for the capital and operating leases are as follows:

                                                    CAPITAL     OPERATING
     YEAR ENDING DECEMBER 31,                        LEASES      LEASES
     ------------------------                      ----------    --------
     1996                                          $  684,348   $194,240
     1997                                             562,415    126,828
     1998                                             396,340     42,708
     1999                                             194,622         --
     2000                                              79,414         --
                                                   ----------    --------
     Total minimum lease payments                   1,917,139    $363,776
                                                                 --------
                                                                 --------
     Amounts representing interest                   (284,969)
                                                   ----------
     Present value of net minimum lease payments   $1,632,170
                                                   ----------
                                                   ----------

     During the nine months September 30, 1996, the Company entered into
additional capital leases.  The new obligations require payments as follows:
(i) $95,004 in the three months ended December 31, 1996; and (ii) $410,310,
$449,954, $238,825, $58,500, and $2,977 in the fiscal years ending December 31,
1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, and 2001, respectively.

     Rental expense, including equipment rentals, for 1993, 1994, 1995, and the
nine-month periods ended September 30, 1995 and 1996, was $137,710, $229,925,
$294,714, $211,990 and $289,035, respectively.

                                     F-13

<PAGE>

                                STARTEK, INC.

            NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)

7. LONG-TERM DEBT

     During 1995, the Company purchased land and an existing building for
approximately $1,500,000.  The purchase was financed through the Company's
revolving line of credit and a mortgage loan in the amount of $362,500.  The
loan bears interest at 9.0% and matures on October 4, 2000.  As of December 31,
1995, future scheduled annual principal payments are as follows:


     1996                            $  7,059
     1997                               7,501
     1998                               8,199
     1999                               8,963
     2000                             329,124
                                     --------
                                     $360,846
                                     --------
                                     --------

     In January 1997, the above loan was repaid from proceeds of a $1,500,000
mortgage loan on the same property.  This loan bears interest at the bank's base
rate plus 2% (10.25% at January 20, 1997).  Principal and interest on the loan
is payable in monthly installments of $15,625 until the earlier of June 30, 1999
or the date of termination of the revolving line of credit, when the remaining
principal balance is due.

     In December 1996, the Company received a $200,000 economic development loan
which bears interest at 6% per annum and is collateralized by certain equipment.
Interest payments are due quarterly and, beginning January 1, 1999 and
continuing through January 1, 2001, principal payments of $30,000 are due semi-
annually.  A final principal payment of $50,000 is due on July 1, 2001.


8. NET INTEREST EXPENSE AND OTHER

     Net interest expense and other consists of the following items:

<TABLE>
                                                                   NINE MONTHS ENDED
                                YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,               SEPTEMBER 30,
                          -----------------------------------    ----------------------
                             1993         1994         1995         1995         1996
                                                                       (UNAUDITED)
<S>                       <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
Interest expense          $(157,499)   $(239,068)   $(445,849)   $(301,837)   $(422,393)
Interest income               9,779       12,782        2,595          709       74,346
Other income (expense)      (45,000)      10,745       46,999       37,612       46,169
                          ---------    ---------    ---------    ---------    ---------
Total                     $(192,720)   $(215,541)   $(396,255)   $(263,516)   $(301,878)
                          ---------    ---------    ---------    ---------    ---------
                          ---------    ---------    ---------    ---------    ---------
</TABLE>

                                     F-14

<PAGE>

                                STARTEK, INC.

            NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)

9. STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

     The combined common stock and additional paid-in capital on a company-by-
company basis as of December 31, 1995 and September 30, 1996 were as follows:


                                                         ADDITIONAL
                                               COMMON     PAID-IN
                                                STOCK     CAPITAL
                                               ------   ----------
     StarPak, Inc. - 5,000,000 shares,
       $.01 par value, authorized; 33,618
       shares outstanding                       $336    $2,703,497
     StarPak International, Ltd. - 5,000,000
       shares, $.01 par value, authorized;
       9,582 shares outstanding                   96       204,329
                                                ----    ----------
                                                $432    $2,907,826
                                                ----    ----------
                                                ----    ----------

10. STOCK OPTIONS

     Effective July 24, 1987, the stockholders of StarPak, Inc. approved a Stock
Option Plan (the Plan) which provided for the grant of Stock Options, Stock
Appreciation Rights and Supplemental Bonuses to Key Employees.  The stock
options were intended to qualify as "incentive stock options" as defined in
Section 422A of the Internal Revenue Code unless specifically designated as
"nonstatutory stock options."

     The options granted could be exercised for a period of not more than ten
years and one month from the date of grant, or any shorter period as determined
by StarPak, Inc.'s Board of Directors.  The option price of any incentive stock
option would be equal to or exceed the fair market value per share on the date
of grant, or 110% of the fair market value per share in the case of a 10% or
greater stockholder.  Options generally vested ratably over a five-year period
from the date of grant.  Unexercised vested options remained exercisable for
three calendar months from the date of termination of employment.

     During 1995, StarPak, Inc. accelerated the vesting on all outstanding
options to allow the holders to exercise any granted option.  Accordingly, all
outstanding options were exercised for purchase prices ranging from $21.43 to
$320.47.  In aggregate, the option holders paid $17,830 in cash and delivered a
note of $213,334 bearing interest at 4.63% to StarPak, Inc. in exchange for
shares of common stock.  Additionally, the note is secured by 896 shares of
StarPak, Inc. common stock.  On January 22, 1997, the note and all accrued
interest thereon was repaid in full.

     This Plan was terminated effective January 24, 1997.

                                     F-15

<PAGE>

                                STARTEK, INC.

            NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)

11. GEOGRAPHIC AREA INFORMATION

     Prior to fiscal 1995, the Company operated primarily in North America.  To
date, the Company operates in North America, Europe and Asia.  The Company's
operations in Asia were not material and have been combined with North America
in the following table.

     Information regarding geographical areas is as follows:

YEAR ENDED                   NORTH
DECEMBER 31, 1995           AMERICA        EUROPE     ELIMINATIONS     TOTAL

Revenues                  $37,376,167    $4,133,196           --    $41,509,363
                          -----------    ----------    ---------    -----------
                          -----------    ----------    ---------    -----------
Operating profit          $ 2,660,290    $  277,639           --    $ 2,937,929
                          -----------    ----------    ---------    -----------
                          -----------    ----------    ---------    -----------
Identifiable assets       $19,355,906    $3,090,170    $(865,920)   $21,580,156
                          -----------    ----------    ---------    -----------
                          -----------    ----------    ---------    -----------

12. SIGNIFICANT CLIENTS

     Two clients accounted for 47.3% and 10.5% of revenues for the year ended
December 31, 1993.  Two clients accounted for 39.6% and 15.9% of revenues for
the year ended December 31, 1994.  Two clients accounted for 46.3% and 10.9% of
revenues for the year ended December 31, 1995.  Two clients accounted for 47.6%
and 19.6% of revenues for the nine months ended September 30, 1996.

     The loss of one or more of its significant clients could have a material
adverse effect on the Company's business, operating results or financial
condition.  To limit the Company's credit risk, management performs ongoing
credit evaluations of its clients and maintains allowances for potentially
uncollectible accounts.  Although the Company is directly impacted by economic
conditions in which its clients operate, management does not believe significant
credit risk exists at December 31, 1995 or September 30, 1996.

                                     F-16

<PAGE>

                                STARTEK, INC.

            NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)

13. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

     The Company had the following notes receivable and payable from related
parties for the noted periods:

<TABLE>
                                                                     DECEMBER 31,
                                                                --------------------- SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                                   1994       1995        1996
                                                                                       (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                             <C>        <C>          <C>
Notes receivable from stockholders bearing interest of 8.5%
and refinanced annually to be due at the end of the following
fiscal year. These notes were repaid by the stockholders on
November 22, 1996.                                              $663,494   $  663,494   $635,760

Notes receivable from stockholders bearing no interest and
due on demand.                                                  $110,381           --         --

Note receivable from affiliate bearing no interest and due on
demand.                                                         $667,800           --         --

Notes payable to stockholders bearing interest of 8.5% and
refinanced annually to be due at the end of the following
fiscal year. These notes were repaid by the Company on
November 22, 1996.                                              $663,494   $  663,494   $635,760

Notes payable to stockholders bearing interest at 12% and
refinanced annually to be due at the end of the following
fiscal year.  These notes were repaid by the Company on
November 22, 1996.                                              $ 75,000   $   75,000   $ 75,000

Note payable to affiliate bearing interest equal to StarTek's
line of credit rate and due on January 31, 1997.                      --   $1,111,844         --
</TABLE>

14. PLANNED EVENTS SUBSEQUENT TO SEPTEMBER 30, 1996 (UNAUDITED)

     The Company is contemplating an initial public offering of its common
stock.

     Immediately prior to closing the offering, the Company will to declare a
dividend in an amount equal to the estimated additional paid-in capital and
retained earnings of the Company as of the closing date, payable to the
principal stockholders (the "Principal Stockholders") pursuant to certain
promissory notes, which will equal $5.5 million, plus an adjustment for any
additional paid-in capital and retained earnings after September 30, 1996
through the closing date.  The promissory notes payable to the Principal
Stockholders will be paid from net proceeds of the offering to the Company.

                                     F-17

<PAGE>

                                STARTEK, INC.

            NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(CONTINUED)

     Upon closing of the offering, the S corporation status of the Company will
be terminated and the Company will be taxed as a C corporation thereafter.  Upon
termination of the Company's S corporation status, the Company will be required
to record a one-time charge against earnings for additional deferred income
taxes.  If this charge were recorded at September 30, 1996, the amount would
have been approximately $38,000, relating primarily to accrued expense and
depreciation temporary differences.  Additionally, the management fee, bonus and
other fee arrangements as described in Note 2 have been terminated effective
December 31, 1996.



                                     F-18

<PAGE>

============================================================================= 

NO PERSON IS AUTHORIZED IN CONNECTION WITH ANY OFFERING MADE HEREBY TO GIVE 
ANY INFORMATION OR TO MAKE ANY REPRESENTATION OTHER THAN AS CONTAINED IN THIS 
PROSPECTUS AND, IF GIVEN OR MADE, SUCH INFORMATION OR REPRESENTATION MUST NOT 
BE RELIED UPON AS HAVING BEEN AUTHORIZED BY THE COMPANY OR BY ANY 
UNDERWRITER. NEITHER THE DELIVERY OF THIS PROSPECTUS NOR ANY SALE HEREUNDER 
SHALL UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES IMPLY THAT THE INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS 
CORRECT AS OF ANY TIME SUBSEQUENT TO THE DATE HEREOF. THIS PROSPECTUS DOES 
NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL OR A SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY BY ANY 
PERSON IN ANY JURISDICTION IN WHICH IT IS UNLAWFUL TO MAKE SUCH AN OFFERING 
OR SOLICITATION.  

                                ____________ 

                              TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                     Page 

Prospectus Summary..................................................    2 
Risk Factors........................................................    7 
Offering Related Transactions.......................................   13 
Use of Proceeds.....................................................   15 
Dividend Policy.....................................................   16 
Capitalization......................................................   17 
Dilution............................................................   18 
Selected Combined Financial Data....................................   19 
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
  Results of Operations.............................................   20 
Business............................................................   27 
Management..........................................................   34 
Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions................   38 
Principal and Selling Stockholders..................................   40 
Shares Eligible for Future Sale.....................................   42 
Description of Capital Stock........................................   43 
Underwriting........................................................   45 
Legal Matters.......................................................   47 
Experts.............................................................   47 
Additional Information..............................................   47 
Index to Combined Financial Statements..............................  F-1 
                                ____________ 

UNTIL              , 1997 (25 DAYS AFTER COMMENCEMENT OF THIS OFFERING), ALL 
DEALERS EFFECTING TRANSACTIONS IN COMMON STOCK, WHETHER OR NOT PARTICIPATING 
IN THIS DISTRIBUTION, MAY BE REQUIRED TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS.  THIS IS IN 
ADDITION TO THE OBLIGATION OF DEALERS TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS WHEN ACTING AS 
UNDERWRITERS AND WITH RESPECT TO THEIR UNSOLD ALLOTMENTS OR SUBSCRIPTIONS.

============================================================================= 






============================================================================= 


                              3,666,667 SHARES


                               [LOGO AND ART]

                               ______________

                               STARTEK, INC.


                                COMMON STOCK



                               ______________ 
                                              
                                 PROSPECTUS   
                               ______________ 









                        DONALDSON, LUFKIN & JENRETTE
                           SECURITIES CORPORATION

                            MORGAN STANLEY & CO.
                                INCORPORATED







                                           , 1997




============================================================================= 

<PAGE>

                                       PART II

                        INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS


ITEM 13.  OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION

     Estimated expenses (other than the underwriting discounts and commissions)
payable in connection with the issuance and distribution of the securities to be
registered hereunder are as follows:  

SEC registration fee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  $20,445.00
NASD filing fee. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    6,947.00
NYSE listing fee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      * 
Printing and engraving expenses. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      * 
Legal fees and expenses. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      * 
Accounting fees and expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      * 
Blue Sky fees and expenses (including legal fees). . . . . .      * 
Transfer agent and registrar fees and expenses . . . . . . .      * 
Miscellaneous. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      * 
                                                              ----------
   Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  $   * 
                                                              ----------
                                                              ----------
- -------------------------
*  To be completed by amendment.


ITEM 14.  INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

     The Company's Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Restated Bylaws
provide that to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, a director of the
Company shall not be liable to the Company or its stockholders for monetary
damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director.  Under the DGCL, liability
of a director may not be limited (i) for any breach of the director's duty of
loyalty to the Company or its stockholders; (ii) for acts or omissions not in
good faith or that involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;
(iii) in respect of certain unlawful dividend payments or stock redemptions or
repurchases; and (iv) for any transaction from which the director derives an
improper personal benefit.  The effect of the provisions of the Company's
Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Restated Bylaws is to eliminate the
rights of the Company and its stockholders (through stockholders' derivative
suits on behalf of the Company) to recover monetary damages against a director
for breach of the fiduciary duty of care as a director (including breaches
resulting from negligent or grossly negligent behavior), except in the
situations described in clauses (i) through (iv) above.  This provision does not
limit or eliminate the rights of the Company or any stockholder to seek
nonmonetary relief such as an injunction or rescission in the event of a breach
of a director's duty of care.  In addition, the Company's Restated Certificate
of Incorporation and Restated Bylaws provide that the Company shall indemnify
its directors and officers, against losses incurred by any such person by reason
of the fact that such person was acting in such capacity.

     The Form of Underwriting Agreement to be filed as Exhibit 1.1 to the
Registration Statement provides for indemnification by the Underwriters of the
Company and its directors and officers for certain liabilities arising under the
Securities Act or otherwise.

                                        II-1
<PAGE>

     Prior to closing this offering, the Company intends to obtain an annually
renewable directors' and officers' insurance policy insuring directors and
officers of the Company against claims made against them in their individual
capacities in an amount of up to $5,000,000 in the aggregate (with certain
restrictions) in conjunction with their duties as directors and officers of the
Company.


ITEM 15.  RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES

     Described below is information regarding all unregistered securities that
have been issued by the Company during the past three years.  The number of
shares of Common Stock set forth in this Item 15 have not been adjusted to give
effect to the ____-for-one stock split of the Company's Common Stock to be
effected by a stock dividend immediately prior to and subject to closing this
offering.

     On January 1, 1997, the Company issued 33,618 shares of Common Stock to the
Principal Stockholders in exchange for the assignment to the Company by the
Principal Stockholders of all of the issued and outstanding shares of common
stock of StarPak, Inc., in reliance upon Section 4(2) of the Securities Act as a
transaction not involving any public offering.

ITEM 16.  EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES 

(a)  EXHIBITS. 

     EXHIBIT
     NUMBER 
     ------
*    1.1       Form of Underwriting Agreement

*    2.1       Form of Lock-up Agreement

     3.1       Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company

     3.2       Restated Bylaws of the Company

*    4.1       Specimen Common Stock certificate 

*    5.1       Opinion and Consent of Otten, Johnson, Robinson, Neff & 
                 Ragonetti, P.C. 

     10.1      Form of StarTek, Inc. Stock Option Plan

*    10.2      Form of Stock Option Agreement

     10.3      Form of StarTek, Inc. Director Stock Option Plan

     10.4      Lease by and between East Mercia Developments Limited and StarPak
                 International, Ltd. and StarPak, Inc.

     10.5      Promissory Note of StarPak, Inc. dated December 29, 1995 in the 
                 principal amount of $1,111,844.17 payable to the order of 
                 General Communications, Inc.

     21.1      List of Subsidiaries of the Company

                                         II-2
<PAGE>

     23.1      Consent of Ernst & Young LLP

*    23.2      Consent of Otten, Johnson, Robinson, Neff & Ragonetti, P.C. 
                 (included in Exhibit 5.1)

     24.1      Power of Attorney (contained on page II-4) 

     27.1      Financial Data Schedule

- ----------------

*  To be filed by amendment.

(b)  COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

     All financial statement schedules are omitted because of the absence of
conditions under which they are required.

ITEM 17.  UNDERTAKINGS

               (a)  The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes to provide 
to the Underwriters at the closing specified in the Underwriting Agreement 
certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required 
by the Underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

               (b)  Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under 
the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling 
persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, 
the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Commission such 
indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act, 
and is, therefore, unenforceable.  In the event that a claim for 
indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the 
Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer, or 
controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, 
suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling 
person in connection with the securities being registered hereunder, the 
Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been 
settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate 
jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against 
public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the 
final adjudication of such issue.

               (c)  The Registrant hereby undertakes:

                    (1)  For purposes of determining any liability under the
Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as
part of a registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a
form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or
497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration
statement as of the time it was declared effective.

                    (2)  For the purpose of determining any liability under the
Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus
shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities
offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be
deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

                                      II-3
<PAGE>
                                 SIGNATURES 

     PURSUANT TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, THE REGISTRANT
HAS DULY CAUSED THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT TO BE SIGNED ON ITS BEHALF BY THE
UNDERSIGNED, THEREUNTO DULY AUTHORIZED, IN THE CITY OF DENVER, STATE OF
COLORADO, ON THIS 29TH DAY OF JANUARY, 1997.

                                        STARTEK, INC.


                                        By: /s/  A. Emmet Stephenson, Jr.     
                                           ---------------------------------- 
                                            A. Emmet Stephenson, Jr.
                                            Chairman of the Board

                                  POWER OF ATTORNEY

     KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature 
appears below hereby severally constitutes and appoints A. Emmet Stephenson, 
Jr. and Michael W. Morgan, and each of them, his attorney-in-fact, with full 
power of substitution and resubstitution, to sign for him in his name in the 
capacities indicated below, any and all amendments to this Registration 
Statement (including any and all pre-effective and post-effective amendments) 
and all documents relating thereto, and to file the same, with all exhibits 
thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and 
Exchange Commission, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said 
attorney-in-fact, or his substitutes, may do or cause to be done by virtue 
hereof.

     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this 
Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the 
capacities and on the dates indicated:


SIGNATURE                      TITLE                            DATE 
- ---------                      -----                            ---- 


/s/ A. Emmet Stephenson, Jr.   Chairman of the Board and        January 29, 1997
- -----------------------------  Director   
A. Emmet Stephenson, Jr.


/s/ Michael W. Morgan          Director, President and Chief    January 29, 1997
- -----------------------------  Executive Officer (Principal   
Michael W. Morgan              Executive Officer)             


/s/ Dennis M. Swenson          Executive Vice President and     January 29, 1997
- -----------------------------  Chief Financial Officer
Dennis M. Swenson              (Principal Financial Officer
                               and Principal Accounting Officer) 


/s/ Ed Zschau                  Director                         January 29, 1997
- -----------------------------  
Ed Zschau


/s/ Thomas O. Ryder            Director                         January 28, 1997
- -----------------------------  
Thomas O. Ryder

                                          II-4

<PAGE>



                                     EXHIBIT 3.1

                                       RESTATED
                             CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
                                          OF
                                    STARTEK, INC.

    StarTek, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the
State of Delaware, hereby certifies as follows:

    1.   The name of the corporation is StarTek, Inc. (the "Corporation").  The
Corporation was originally incorporated under the same name, and the original
Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation was filed with the Secretary of
State of the State of Delaware on December 30, 1996.

    2.   Pursuant to Sections 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law of the
State of Delaware (as amended prior to the date hereof, and as amended from time
to time hereafter, the "Delaware Act"), this Restated Certificate of
Incorporation restates and integrates and further amends the provisions of the
Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation.  

    3.   This Restated Certificate of Incorporation was duly adopted by
unanimous written consents of the Board of Directors and stockholders of the
Corporation in accordance with the applicable provisions of Sections 141, 228,
242 and 245 of the Delaware Act.

    4.   The text of this Restated Certificate of Incorporation as heretofore
amended or supplemented is hereby restated and further amended to read in its
entirety as follows:


                                      ARTICLE I
                                 NAME OF CORPORATION

    The name of the Corporation is StarTek, Inc.


                                      ARTICLE II
                                   REGISTERED AGENT

    The address of the registered office of the Corporation in the State of
Delaware is Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, County of
New Castle, Delaware 19801.  The name of its registered agent at such address is
The Corporation Trust Company. 



                                    -1-

<PAGE>

                                     ARTICLE III
                                       PURPOSE

    The nature of the business or purposes to be conducted or promoted is to
engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized
under the Delaware Act.  The Corporation shall have perpetual existence.


                                      ARTICLE IV
                                        STOCK

    A.   AUTHORIZED STOCK.  The total number of shares of stock which the
Corporation shall have authority to issue is 110,000,000, of which 95,000,000
shares with $.01 per share par value are designated as common stock ("Common
Stock") and 15,000,000 shares with $.01 per share par value are designated as
preferred stock ("Preferred Stock").

    B.   RIGHT TO DESIGNATE PREFERRED STOCK.  The Board of Directors of the
Corporation is authorized, subject to limitations prescribed by law, to provide
by resolution or resolutions for the issuance of the shares of Preferred Stock
as a class or in series and, by filing a certificate of designations pursuant to
the Delaware Act setting forth a copy of such resolution or resolutions, to
establish from time to time the number of shares to be included in each such
class or series, and to fix the designations, powers, preferences and rights of
the shares of the class or of each such series and the qualifications,
limitations and restrictions thereof.  The authority of the Board of Directors
with respect to the class or each series shall include, but not be limited to,
determination of the following:

         (1)  the number of shares constituting any series and the distinctive
designation of that series;

         (2)  the dividend rate on the shares of the class or of any series,
whether dividends shall be cumulative, and, if so, from which date or dates, and
the relative rights of priority, if any, of payment of dividends on shares of
the class or of that series;

         (3)  whether the class or any series shall have voting rights, in
addition to the voting rights provided by law, and, if so, the terms of such
voting rights;

         (4)  whether the class or any series shall have conversion privileges,
and, if so, the terms and conditions of conversion, including provision for
adjustment of the conversion rate in such events as the Board of Directors shall
determine;



                                    -2-

<PAGE>

         (5)  whether or not the shares of the class or of any series shall be
redeemable, and, if so, the terms and conditions of redemption, including the
date or dates upon or after which they shall be redeemable, and the amount per
share payable in case of redemption, which amount may vary under different
conditions and at different redemption dates;

         (6)  whether the class or any series shall have a sinking fund for the
redemption or purchase of shares of that class or of that series, and, if so,
the terms and amount of such sinking fund;

         (7)  the rights of the shares of the class or of any series in the
event of voluntary or involuntary dissolution or winding up of the Corporation,
and the relative rights of priority, if any, of payment of shares of that class
or of that series; and

         (8)  any other powers, preferences, rights, qualifications,
limitations and restrictions of the class or of any series.

    Except as otherwise expressly provided by law or expressly stated in the
resolution or resolutions providing for the establishment of a class or series
of Preferred Stock, any shares of Preferred Stock which may be redeemed,
purchased or acquired by the Corporation may be reissued.  Except as otherwise
expressly provided in the resolution or resolutions providing for the
establishment of any class or series of Preferred Stock, no vote of the holders
of shares of Preferred Stock or Common Stock shall be a prerequisite to the
issuance of any shares of any class or series of the Preferred Stock authorized
by and complying with the conditions of this Restated Certificate of
Incorporation.


                                      ARTICLE V
                              BOARD OF DIRECTORS; BYLAWS

    All of the powers of the Corporation, insofar as the same may be lawfully
vested by this Restated Certificate of Incorporation in the Board of Directors,
are hereby conferred upon the Board of Directors of the Corporation.  In
furtherance and not in limitation of that power, the Board of Directors is
expressly authorized to adopt, alter, amend and repeal from time to time the
Bylaws of the Corporation, subject to the right of the stockholders entitled to
vote with respect thereto to adopt, alter, amend and repeal the Bylaws of the
Corporation.


                                      ARTICLE VI
                                ELECTION OF DIRECTORS

    Election of directors need not be by written ballot except and to the
extent provided in the Bylaws of the Corporation.



                                    -3-

<PAGE>

                                     ARTICLE VII
                                LIABILITY OF DIRECTORS

    To the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware Act, a director of the
Corporation shall not be liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for
monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director.  No amendment to or
repeal of this Article VII shall apply to or have any effect on the liability or
alleged liability of any director of the Corporation for or with respect to any
acts or omissions of such director occurring prior to such amendment.


                                     ARTICLE VIII
                                   INDEMNIFICATION

    A.   OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS.  The Corporation shall indemnify all directors
and officers of the Corporation, and shall advance expenses reasonably incurred
by such directors and officers in defending any civil, criminal, administrative
or investigative action, suit or proceeding, in accordance with and to the
fullest extent permitted by Section 145 of the Delaware Act.  Any repeal or
modification of the provisions of this Article VIII shall not adversely affect
any right or protection hereunder of any person in respect of any acts or
omissions occurring prior to the time of such repeal or modification.

    B.   EMPLOYEES AND AGENTS.  The Corporation may, by written agreement,
indemnify any person who is an employee or agent of the Corporation, and may
advance expenses reasonably incurred by such employee or agent of the
Corporation in defending any civil, criminal, administrative or investigative
action, suit or proceeding, in accordance with Section 145 of the Delaware Act. 
Any repeal or modification of the provisions of this Article VIII after the
effective date of any such written agreement shall not adversely affect any
right or protection of a person under such written agreement.


                                      ARTICLE IX
                               DISSOLUTION; LIQUIDATION

    Whenever a compromise or arrangement is proposed between the Corporation
and its creditors or any class of them and/or between the Corporation and its
stockholders or any class of them, any court of equitable jurisdiction within
the State of Delaware may, on the application in a summary way of the
Corporation or of any creditor or stockholder thereof or on the application of
any receiver or receivers appointed for the Corporation under the provisions of
Section 291 of the Delaware Act or on the application of trustees in dissolution
or of any receiver or receivers appointed for the Corporation under the
provisions of Section 279 of the Delaware Act, order a meeting of the creditors
or class of creditors, and/or of the stockholders or class of stockholders of



                                    -4-

<PAGE>

the Corporation, as the case may be, to be summoned in such manner as the said
court directs.  If a majority in number representing three-fourths (3/4) in
value of the creditors or class of creditors and/or of the stockholders or class
of stockholders of the Corporation, as the case may be, agree to any compromise
or arrangement or to any reorganization of the Corporation as consequence of
such compromise or arrangement, the said compromise or arrangement and the said
reorganization shall, if sanctioned by the court to which the said application
has been made, be binding on all the creditors or class of creditors, and/or on
all the stockholders or class of stockholders of the Corporation, as the case
may be, and also on the Corporation.

    IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been
signed by Michael W. Morgan, its authorized officer, this 27th day of January,
1997.


                                       STARTEK, INC.



                                       By: /s/ Michael W. Morgan
                                           ------------------------------------
                                           Michael W. Morgan
                                           President and Chief Executive
                                           Officer











                                    -5-


<PAGE>

                                EXHIBIT 3.2

                              RESTATED BYLAWS

                               STARTEK, INC.,
                           A DELAWARE CORPORATION


<PAGE>

                              RESTATED BYLAWS
                               STARTEK, INC.,
                           A DELAWARE CORPORATION


                                 ARTICLE I
                                  OFFICES

     SECTION 1.   REGISTERED OFFICES.  The registered office of the
corporation shall be in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, State of
Delaware.

     SECTION 2.   OTHER OFFICES.  The corporation may also have offices at
such other place or places within and/or outside the State of Delaware as the
board of directors of the corporation (the "Board") may determine from time to
time or as the business of the corporation may require.


                                      ARTICLE II
                               MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

     SECTION 1.   PLACE OF MEETINGS.  Meetings of stockholders shall be held
at any place within or outside the State of Delaware as designated by the Board.
In the absence of any such designation, stockholders' meetings shall be held at
the principal executive office of the corporation.

     SECTION 2.   ANNUAL MEETING OF STOCKHOLDERS.  The annual meeting of
stockholders shall be held each year on a date and at a time designated by the
Board.

     SECTION 3.   QUORUM; ADJOURNED MEETINGS AND NOTICE THEREOF.  A majority 
of the voting power of the shares of capital stock of the corporation issued 
and outstanding and entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders, the 
holders of which are present in person or represented by proxy, shall 
constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, except as otherwise 
provided by law, by the Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the 
corporation, as amended, restated or supplemented from time to time hereafter 
(the "Certificate of Incorporation"), or by these Restated Bylaws, as 
amended, restated or supplemented from time to time hereafter (these 
"Bylaws").  A quorum, once established, shall not be broken by the withdrawal 
of enough votes to leave less than a quorum and the votes present may 
continue to transact business until adjournment.  If, however, such quorum 
shall not be present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, a 
majority of the voting power of the shares of capital stock represented in 
person or by proxy may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice 
other than announcement at the meeting of the time and place of the adjourned 
meeting, until a quorum shall be present or represented.  At such adjourned 
meeting at which a quorum shall be present or represented, any business may 
be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally 
noticed.  If the adjournment is for more than thirty days, or if after the 
adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, 

<PAGE>

a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of 
record entitled to vote thereat.

     SECTION 4.   VOTING.  When a quorum is present at any meeting, in all
matters other than the election of directors, the vote of the holders of stock
representing a majority of the voting power present in person or represented by
proxy shall decide any question brought before such meeting, unless the question
is one upon which by express provision of the Certificate of Incorporation,
these Bylaws, or any rule, regulation or statutory provision applicable to the
corporation, a different vote is required in which case such express provision
shall govern and control the decision of such question.  Directors shall be
elected by a plurality of the votes of the shares present in person or
represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the election of
directors.

     SECTION 5.   PROXIES.  At each meeting of the stockholders, each
stockholder having the right to vote may vote in person or may authorize another
person or persons to act for him by proxy appointed by an instrument in writing
subscribed by such stockholder and bearing a date not more than three years
prior to said meeting, unless said instrument provides for a longer period.  All
proxies must be filed with the Secretary of the corporation at the beginning of
each meeting in order to be counted in any vote at the meeting.  Each
stockholder shall have one vote for each share of common stock having voting
power, registered in his name on the books of the corporation on the record date
set by the Board as provided in Article VII, Section 6 hereof.

     SECTION 6.   SPECIAL MEETINGS.  Special meetings of the stockholders, for
any purpose or purposes, unless otherwise prescribed by statute or by the
Certificate of Incorporation, may be called by the Board, the Chairman of the
Board or the President.  Such request shall state the purpose or purposes of the
proposed meeting.  Business transacted at any special meeting of stockholders
shall be limited to the purposes stated in the notice of such special meeting.

     SECTION 7    NOTICE OF STOCKHOLDER BUSINESS AND NOMINATIONS.

                  (1)  Nominations of persons for election to the Board and 
the proposal of business to be considered by the stockholders may be made at 
an annual meeting of stockholders (a) pursuant to the corporation's notice of 
meeting, (b) by or at the direction of the Board or (c) by any stockholder of 
the corporation who was a stockholder of record at the time of giving of 
notice provided for in this Bylaw, who is entitled to vote at the meeting and 
who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Bylaw.

                  (2)  For nominations or other business to be properly 
brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder pursuant to clause (c) of 
paragraph (1) of this Bylaw, the stockholder must have given timely notice 
thereof in writing to the Secretary of the corporation and such other business 
must otherwise be a proper matter for stockholder action.  To be timely, a 
stockholder's

<PAGE>

notice shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices
of the corporation not later than the close of business on the sixtieth (60th)
day nor earlier than the close of business on the ninetieth (90th) day prior
to the first anniversary of the preceding year's annual meeting; provided,
however, that in the event that the date of the annual meeting is more than
thirty (30) days before or more than sixty (60) days after such anniversary
date, notice by the stockholder to be timely must be so delivered not earlier
than the close of business on the ninetieth (90th) day prior to such annual
meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the sixtieth
(60th) day prior to such annual meeting or the tenth (10th) day following the
day on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made by
the corporation.  In no event shall the public announcement of an adjournment
of an annual meeting commence a new time period for the giving of a
stockholder's notice as described above.  Such stockholder's notice shall set
forth (a) as to each person whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for
election or re-election as a director, all information relating to such person
that is required to be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for election of
directors in an election contest, or is otherwise required, in each case,
pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended (the "Exchange Act"), and Rule 14A-11 thereunder (including such
person's written consent to being named in the proxy statement as a nominee
and to serving as a director if elected); (b) as to any other business that
the stockholder proposes to bring before the meeting, a brief description of
the business desired to be brought before the meeting, the reasons for
conducting such business at the meeting and any material interest in such
business of such stockholder and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf
the nomination or proposal is made and (c) as to the stockholder giving the
notice and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination or
proposal is made (i) the name and address of such stockholder, as they appear
on the corporation's books, and of such beneficial owner and (ii) the class
and number of shares of the corporation which are owned beneficially and of
record by such stockholder and such beneficial owner.

     SECTION 8.   MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION OF STOCKHOLDER LIST.  The officer
who has charge of the stock ledger of the corporation shall prepare and make, at
least ten (10) days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the
stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order,
and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered
in the name of each stockholder.  Such list shall be open to the examination of
any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary
business hours, for a period of at least ten days prior to the meeting, either
at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which place shall be
specified in the notice of the meeting, or, if not so specified, at the place
where the meeting is to be held.  The list shall also be produced and kept at
the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be
inspected by any stockholder who is present.

<PAGE>

     SECTION 9.   ACTION WITHOUT MEETING.  Unless otherwise provided in the
Certificate of Incorporation, any action required to be taken at any annual or
special meeting of stockholders of the corporation, or any action which may be
taken at any annual or special meeting of such stockholders, may be taken
without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent in
writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of
outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be
necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares
entitled to vote thereon were present and voted.  Prompt notice of the taking of
the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent
shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing.


                                  ARTICLE III
                                   DIRECTORS

     SECTION 1.   NUMBER AND ELECTION OF DIRECTORS.  The number of directors
(other than directors elected by one or more series of preferred stock) which
shall constitute the whole Board shall be not less than one (1) nor more than
nine (9), the exact number of directors to be determined from time to time
solely by resolution adopted by the affirmative vote of a majority of the
directors.  The directors need not be stockholders.  The directors shall be
elected at the annual meeting of the stockholders, except as provided in
Section 2 of this Article III, and each director elected shall hold office until
his successor is duly elected and qualified.

     SECTION 2.   VACANCIES.  Vacancies on the Board by reason of death,
resignation, removal or otherwise, and newly created directorships resulting
from any increase in the number of directors may be filled (other than directors
elected by one or more series of preferred stock) solely by a majority of the
directors then in office (although less than a quorum) or by a sole remaining
director.  Each director so chosen shall hold office until such director's
successor shall have been duly elected and qualified or until such director's
earlier death, resignation, disqualification or removal.  If, at the time of
filling any vacancy or any newly created directorship, the directors then in
office shall constitute less than a majority of the whole Board (as constituted
immediately prior to any such increase), the Delaware Court of Chancery may,
upon application of any stockholder or stockholders having the right to vote for
such directors, summarily order an election to be held to fill any such
vacancies or newly created directorships, or to replace the directors chosen by
the directors then in office.

     SECTION 3.   POWERS.  The property and business of the corporation shall
be managed by or under the direction of its Board.  In addition to the powers
and authorities by these Bylaws expressly conferred upon them, the Board may
exercise all such powers of the corporation and do all such lawful acts and
things as are not by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation or by


<PAGE>

these Bylaws directed or required to be exercised or done by the stockholders.

     SECTION 4.     PLACE OF DIRECTORS' MEETINGS.  The directors may hold their
meetings and have one or more offices, and keep the books of the corporation
outside of the State of Delaware.

     SECTION 5.     REGULAR MEETINGS.  Regular meetings of the Board may be held
without notice at such time and place as shall from time to time be determined
by the Board.

     SECTION 6.     SPECIAL MEETINGS.  Special meetings of the Board may be
called by the Chairman of the Board or the President on forty-eight (48) hours
notice to each director, either personally or by mail, telecopier, or other
means of electronic transmission at the address of such director on the books
and records of the corporation; special meetings shall also be called by the
Chairman of the Board, the President or the Secretary in like manner and on like
notice on the written request of two (2) directors.

     SECTION 7.     QUORUM.  At all meetings of the Board a majority of the then
authorized number of directors shall be necessary and sufficient to constitute a
quorum for the transaction of business, and the vote of a majority of the
directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of
the Board, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by statute, by the
Certificate of Incorporation or by these Bylaws.  If a quorum shall not be
present at any meeting of the Board, the directors present thereat may adjourn
the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the
meeting, until a quorum shall be present.

     SECTION 8.     ACTION WITHOUT MEETING.  Unless otherwise restricted by the
Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, any action required or permitted
to be taken at any meeting of the Board or of any committee thereof may be taken
without a meeting, if all members of the Board or committee, as the case may be,
consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the
minutes of proceedings of the Board or committee, as the case may be.

     SECTION 9.     TELEPHONIC MEETINGS.  Unless otherwise restricted by the
Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, members of the Board, or any
committee designated by the Board, may participate in a meeting of the Board, or
any committee, by means of conference telephone or similar communications
equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear
each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in
person at such meeting.

     SECTION 10.    COMMITTEES OF DIRECTORS.  The Board may by resolution
designate one (1) or more committees, each such committee to consist of one (1)
or more directors of the corporation.  The Board may designate one (1) or more
directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or
disqualified member at any meeting of the committee.  In the 

<PAGE>

absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members 
thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or 
not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint 
another member of the Board to act at the meeting in the place of any such 
absent or disqualified member.  Any such committee, to the extent provided in 
the resolution of the Board, shall have and may exercise all the powers and 
authority of the Board in the management of the business and affairs of the 
corporation, and may authorize the seal of the corporation to be affixed to 
all papers which may require it; but no such committee shall have the power 
or authority in reference to the following matters:  (1) approving or 
adopting, or recommending to the stockholders, any action or matter expressly 
required by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, as amended, 
to be submitted to stockholders for approval or (2) adopting, amending or 
repealing any Bylaw of the corporation.

     SECTION 11.    MINUTES OF COMMITTEE MEETINGS.  Each committee shall keep
regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the Board when required.

     SECTION 12.    COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS.  Unless otherwise restricted by
the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, the Board shall have the
authority to fix the compensation of directors.  The directors may be paid their
expenses, if any, of attendance at each meeting of the Board or a stated salary
as director.  No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the
corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor.  Members
of special or standing committees may be allowed like compensation for attending
committee meetings.


                                      ARTICLE IV
                                       OFFICERS

     SECTION 1.     OFFICERS.  The officers of the corporation shall be chosen
by the Board and shall include a Chairman of the Board, a President and a
Secretary.  The corporation may also have, at the discretion of the Board, such
other officers as are desired, including a Vice Chairman of the Board, a Chief
Executive Officer, a Chief Financial Officer, a Treasurer, one (1) or more Vice
Presidents, one (1) or more Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers, and
such other officers as may be appointed in accordance with the provisions of
Section 3 of this Article IV.  In the event there are two (2) or more Vice
Presidents, then one (1) or more may be designated as Executive Vice President,
Senior Vice President, or other similar or dissimilar title.  At the time of the
election of officers, the directors may by resolution determine the order of
their rank.  Any number of offices may be held by the same person, unless the
Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws otherwise provide.

     SECTION 2.     ELECTION OF OFFICERS.  The Board, at its first meeting after
each annual meeting of stockholders, shall choose the officers of the
corporation.

<PAGE>

     SECTION 3.     SUBORDINATE OFFICERS.  The Board may appoint such other
officers and agents as it shall deem necessary who shall hold their offices for
such terms and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be
determined from time to time by the Board.

     SECTION 4.     COMPENSATION OF OFFICERS.  The salaries of all officers and
agents of the corporation shall be fixed by the Board.

     SECTION 5.     TERM OF OFFICE; REMOVAL AND VACANCIES.  The officers of the
corporation shall hold office until their successors are chosen and qualify in
their stead.  Any officer elected or appointed by the Board may be removed at
any time by the affirmative vote of a majority of the members of the Board.  If
the office of any officer or officers becomes vacant for any reason, the vacancy
shall be filled by the Board.

     SECTION 6.     CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD.  The Chairman of the Board shall
preside at all meetings of the stockholders and the Board and exercise and
perform such other powers and duties as may be from time to time assigned to him
by the Board or prescribed by these Bylaws.  Except when by law the signature of
the President is required, the Chairman of the Board shall possesses the same
power as the President to sign all certificates, contracts and other instruments
of the Corporation in the ordinary course of business and/or which may be
authorized by the Board.  The Chairman of the Board shall direct, promote and
build up the business of the Corporation and shall determine its business and
financial policies and activities.  In the absence or disability of the
President, the Chairman of the Board shall, in addition, be the Chief Executive
Officer of the corporation and shall have the powers and duties of the President
prescribed in Section 7 of this Article IV.  The Chairman of the Board shall be
directly responsible to the Board.  The Chairman of the Board may be identified
as either "Chairman" or "Chairman of the Board."

     SECTION 7.     PRESIDENT.  Subject to such supervisory powers, if any, as
may be given by the Board to the Chairman of the Board, the President shall be
the Chief Executive Officer of the corporation and shall, subject to the control
of the Board, have general supervision, direction and control of the business
and officers of the corporation.  In the absence or disability of the Chairman
of the Board, he shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and the
Board.  He shall have the general powers and duties of management usually vested
in the office of President and Chief Executive Officer of corporations, and
shall have such other powers and duties as may be prescribed by the Board or
these Bylaws.

     SECTION 8.     VICE PRESIDENTS.  In the absence or disability of both the
Chairman of the Board and the President, the Vice Presidents in order of their
rank as fixed by the Board, or if not ranked, the Vice President designated by
the Board, shall perform all the duties of the Chairman of the Board and the
President, and when so acting shall have all the powers of and be subject to all
the restrictions upon the Chairman of the Board and 

<PAGE>

the President.  The Vice Presidents shall have such other duties as from time 
to time may be prescribed for them, respectively, by the Board.

     SECTION 9.     SECRETARY.  The Secretary shall attend all sessions of the
Board and all meetings of the stockholders and record all votes and the minutes
of all proceedings in a book to be kept for that purpose; and shall perform like
duties for the standing committees when required by the Board.  He shall give,
or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the stockholders and of the
Board, and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board or
these Bylaws.  He shall keep in safe custody the seal of the corporation, and
when authorized by the Board, affix the same to any instrument requiring it, and
when so affixed it shall be attested by his signature or by the signature of an
Assistant Secretary.  The Board may give general authority to any other officer
to affix the seal of the corporation and to attest the affixing by his
signature.

     SECTION 10.    ASSISTANT SECRETARY.  The Assistant Secretary, or if there
be more than one (1), the Assistant Secretaries in the order determined by the
Board, or if there be no such determination, the Assistant Secretary designated
by the Board, shall, in the absence or disability of the Secretary, perform the
duties and exercise the powers of the Secretary and shall perform such other
duties and have such other powers as the Board may from time to time prescribe.

     SECTION 11.    TREASURER.  The Treasurer shall have the custody of the
corporate funds and securities and shall keep full and accurate accounts of
receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the corporation and shall
deposit all moneys and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of
the corporation, in such depositories as may be designated by the Board.  He
shall disburse the funds of the corporation as may be ordered by the Board,
taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the Board, at
its regular meetings, or when the Board so requires, an account of all his
transactions as Treasurer and of the financial condition of the corporation.  If
required by the Board, he shall give the corporation a bond, in such sum and
with such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory to the Board, for the
faithful performance of the duties of his office and for the restoration to the
corporation, in case of his death, resignation, retirement or removal from
office, of all books, papers, vouchers, money and other property of whatever
kind in his possession or under his control belonging to the corporation.

     SECTION 12.    ASSISTANT TREASURER.  The Assistant Treasurer, or if there
shall be more than one (1), the Assistant Treasurers in the order determined by
the Board, or if there be no such determination, the Assistant Treasurer
designated by the Board, shall, in the absence or disability of the Treasurer,
perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Treasurer and shall perform
such other duties and have such other powers as the Board may from time to time
prescribe.


<PAGE>

                                      ARTICLE V
                 MANDATORY INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

     The corporation shall indemnify every person who was or is a party or is or
was threatened to be made a party to any action, suit, or proceeding, whether
civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that he
is or was a director or officer of the corporation or, while a director or
officer of the corporation, is or was serving at the request of the corporation
as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture,
trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, against expenses (including
counsel fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and
reasonably incurred by him in connection with such action, suit or proceeding,
to the full extent permitted by applicable law.   The corporation shall be
required to indemnify a person in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof)
initiated by such person only if the proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized
by the Board.  The indemnification provided for in these Bylaws shall not be
deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification may
be entitled under these Bylaws, or any agreement, vote of stockholders or
otherwise.


                                      ARTICLE VI
                  PERMISSIVE INDEMNIFICATION OF EMPLOYEES AND AGENTS

     The corporation may, at its option, indemnify every person who was or is 
a party or is or was threatened to be made a party to any action, suit, or 
proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by 
reason of the fact that he is or was an employee or agent of the corporation 
or, while an employee or agent of the corporation, is or was serving at the 
request of the corporation as an employee or agent or trustee of another 
corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or 
other enterprise, against expenses (including counsel fees), judgments, fines 
and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him in 
connection with such action, suit or proceeding, to no greater extent than is 
permitted by applicable law.


                                     ARTICLE VII
                                CERTIFICATES OF STOCK

     SECTION 1.     CERTIFICATES.  Every holder of stock of the corporation
shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by, or in the name of the
corporation by, the Chairman or Vice Chairman of the Board, or the President or
a Vice President, and by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, or the
Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer of the corporation, certifying the number of
shares represented by the certificate owned by such stockholder in the
corporation.

     SECTION 2.     SIGNATURES ON CERTIFICATES.  Any or all of the signatures on
the certificate may be a facsimile.  In case any officer, transfer agent, or
registrar who has signed or whose 

<PAGE>

facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to 
be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is 
issued, it may be issued by the corporation with the same effect as if he 
were such officer, transfer agent, or registrar at the date of issue.

     SECTION 3.     STATEMENT OF STOCK RIGHTS, PREFERENCES, PRIVILEGES.  If the
corporation shall be authorized to issue more than one (1) class of stock or
more than one (1) series of any class, the powers, designations, preferences and
relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock
or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such
preferences and/or rights shall be set forth in full or summarized on the face
or back of the certificate which the corporation shall issue to represent such
class or series of stock; provided that, except as otherwise provided in
Section 202 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, as amended,
in lieu of the foregoing requirements, there may be set forth on the face or
back of the certificate which the corporation shall issue to represent such
class or series of stock, a statement that the corporation will furnish without
charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, designations, preferences
and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of
stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of
such preferences and/or rights.

     SECTION 4.     LOST CERTIFICATES.  The Board may direct a new certificate
or certificates to be issued in place of any certificate or certificates
theretofore issued by the corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen or
destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming
the certificate of stock to be lost, stolen or destroyed.  When authorizing such
issue of a new certificate or certificates, the Board may, in its discretion and
as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, require the owner of such
lost, stolen or destroyed certificate or certificates, or his legal
representative, to advertise the same in such manner as the Board shall require
and/or to give the corporation a bond in such sum as the Board may direct as
indemnity against any claim that may be made against the corporation with
respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed.

     SECTION 5.     TRANSFERS OF STOCK.  Upon surrender to the corporation or
the transfer agent of the corporation, of a certificate for shares duly endorsed
or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignation or authority to
transfer, it shall be the duty of the corporation to issue a new certificate to
the person entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate and record the
transaction upon its books.

     SECTION 6.     FIXED RECORD DATE.  In order that the corporation may
determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of
the stockholders, or any adjournment thereof, or entitled to receive payment of
any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to
exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or
for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board may 

<PAGE>

fix a record date which shall not be more than sixty (60) nor less than ten 
(10) days before the date of such meeting, nor more than sixty (60) days 
prior to any other action. A determination of stockholders of record entitled 
to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any 
adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board may fix a new 
record date for the adjourned meeting.

     SECTION 7.     REGISTERED STOCKHOLDERS.  The corporation shall be entitled
to treat the holder of record of any share or shares of stock as the holder in
fact thereof and accordingly shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or
other claim or interest in such share on the part of any other person, whether
or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise
expressly provided by the laws of the State of Delaware.


                                     ARTICLE VIII
                                  GENERAL PROVISIONS

     SECTION 1.     DIVIDENDS.  Dividends upon the capital stock of the
corporation, subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, if
any, may be declared by the Board at any regular or special meeting, pursuant to
law.  Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the capital
stock, subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation.

     SECTION 2.     PAYMENT OF DIVIDENDS; DIRECTORS' DUTIES.  Before payment of
any dividend there may be set aside out of any funds of the corporation
available for dividends such sum or sums as the directors from time to time, in
their absolute discretion, think proper as a reserve fund to meet contingencies,
or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the
corporation, or for such other purposes as the directors shall think conducive
to the interests of the corporation, and the directors may abolish any such
reserve.

     SECTION 3.     CHECKS.  All checks or demands for money and notes of the
corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers as the Board may from
time to time designate.

     SECTION 4.     FISCAL YEAR.  The fiscal year of the corporation shall be
fixed by resolution of the Board.

     SECTION 5.     CORPORATE SEAL.  The corporate seal shall have inscribed
thereon the name of the corporation, the year of its organization and the words
"Corporate Seal, Delaware."  Said seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile
thereof to be impressed or affixed or reproduced or otherwise.

     SECTION 6.     MANNER OF GIVING NOTICE.  Whenever, under the provisions of
the Certificate of Incorporation, or of these Bylaws, or any rule, regulation or
statutory provision applicable to the corporation, notice is required to be
given to any director or stockholder, it shall not be construed to mean personal
notice, but such notice may be given (unless otherwise provided) in writing, by
mail, addressed to such director or stockholder, at his 

<PAGE>

address as it appears on the records of the corporation, with postage thereon 
prepaid, and such notice shall be deemed to be given at the time when the 
same shall be deposited in the United States mail.  Notice to directors may 
also be given by mail, telecopier, or other means of electronic transmission 
at the address of such director on the books and records of the corporation.

     SECTION 7.     WAIVER OF NOTICE.  Whenever any notice is required to be
given under the provisions of the certificate of Incorporation or of these
Bylaws, or any rule, regulation or statutory provision applicable to the
corporation, a waiver thereof in writing, signed by the person or persons
entitled to said notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall
be deemed equivalent thereto.


                                      ARTICLE IX
                                      AMENDMENTS

     These Bylaws may be altered, amended or repealed or new bylaws may be
adopted by the stockholders or by the Board (when such power is conferred upon
the Board by the Certificate of Incorporation) at any regular meeting of the
stockholders or of the Board or at any special meeting of the stockholders or of
the Board if notice of such alternation, amendment, repeal or adoption of new
bylaws be contained in the notice of such special meeting.  If the power to
adopt, amend or repeal bylaws is conferred upon the Board by the Certificate of
Incorporation, it shall not divest or limit the power of the stockholders to
adopt, amend or repeal bylaws.




                                    *     *     *


<PAGE>

                               CERTIFICATE OF SECRETARY

     I, the undersigned, do hereby certify:

     (1)  That I am the duly elected and acting Secretary of StarTek, Inc., a
Delaware corporation; and

     (2)  That the foregoing Restated Bylaws constitute the bylaws of said
corporation as fully adopted by the written consent of the sole director of said
corporation as of January 27, 1997.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto subscribed my name this 27th day of
January, 1997.



                                       /s/ DENNIS M. SWENSON
                                       ----------------------------------------
                                           Dennis M. Swenson,
                                           Secretary



<PAGE>

                                  TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                         PAGE
                                                                         ----
ARTICLE I           OFFICES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   1
     Section 1.     Registered Offices.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   1
     Section 2.     Other Offices. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   1

ARTICLE II          MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   1
     Section 1.     Place of Meetings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   1
     Section 2.     Annual Meeting of Stockholders.. . . . . . . . . . .   1
     Section 3.     Quorum; Adjourned Meetings and 
                    Notice Thereof.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   1
     Section 4.     Voting.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   2
     Section 5.     Proxies. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   2
     Section 6.     Special Meetings.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   2
     Section 7.     Notice of Stockholder Business and
                    Nominations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   2
     Section 8.     Maintenance and Inspection of Stockholder
                     List. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   3

ARTICLE III         DIRECTORS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4
     Section 1.     Number and Election of Directors.. . . . . . . . . .   4
     Section 2.     Vacancies. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4
     Section 3.     Powers.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   5
     Section 4.     Place of Directors' Meetings.. . . . . . . . . . . .   5
     Section 5.     Regular Meetings.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   5
     Section 6.     Special Meetings.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   5
     Section 7.     Quorum.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   5
     Section 8.     Action Without Meeting.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   5
     Section 9.     Telephonic Meetings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   6
     Section 10.    Committees of Directors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   6
     Section 11.    Minutes of Committee Meetings. . . . . . . . . . . .   6
     Section 12.    Compensation of Directors. . . . . . . . . . . . . .   6

ARTICLE IV          OFFICERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   7
     Section 1.     Officers.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   7
     Section 2.     Election of Officers.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   7
     Section 3.     Subordinate Officers.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   7
     Section 4.     Compensation of Officers.. . . . . . . . . . . . . .   7
     Section 5.     Term of Office; Removal and Vacancies. . . . . . . .   7
     Section 6.     Chairman of the Board. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   7
     Section 7.     President. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   8
     Section 8.     Vice Presidents. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   8
     Section 9.     Secretary. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   8
     Section 10.    Assistant Secretary. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   8
     Section 11.    Treasurer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   9
     Section 12.    Assistant Treasurer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   9

ARTICLE V           MANDATORY INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS 
                    AND OFFICERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   9

                            Table of Contents
                                 Page 15

<PAGE>

ARTICLE VI          PERMISSIVE INDEMNIFICATION OF EMPLOYEES 
                    AND AGENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  10

ARTICLE VII         CERTIFICATES OF STOCK. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  10
     Section 1.     Certificates.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  10
     Section 2.     Signatures on Certificates.. . . . . . . . . . . . .  10
     Section 3.     Statement of Stock Rights, Preferences,
                     Privileges. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  10
     Section 4.     Lost Certificates. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  11
     Section 5.     Transfers of Stock.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  11
     Section 6.     Fixed Record Date. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  11
     Section 7.     Registered Stockholders. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  11

ARTICLE VIII        GENERAL PROVISIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  12
     Section 1.     Dividends. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  12
     Section 2.     Payment of Dividends; Directors' Duties. . . . . . .  12
     Section 3.     Checks.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  12
     Section 4.     Fiscal Year. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  12
     Section 5.     Corporate Seal.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  12
     Section 6.     Manner of Giving Notice. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  12
     Section 7.     Waiver of Notice.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  12

ARTICLE IX          AMENDMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  13

                            Table of Contents
                                 Page 16


<PAGE>

                                     EXHIBIT 10.1

                                    STARTEK, INC.
                                  STOCK OPTION PLAN


     This Stock Option Plan ("Plan") is adopted effective as of __________,
1997, by StarTek, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company").

     1.   PURPOSE.  The Company desires to establish the Plan for the purpose of
encouraging key employees, Directors (other than Non-Employee Directors),
consultants and other independent contractors who provide important services to
the Company or one of its Designated Subsidiaries to continue with and promote
the success of the Company by permitting them to acquire a proprietary interest
in the Company.

     2.   DEFINITIONS.

          2.1  "Board" or "Board of Directors" means the board of directors of
the Company.

          2.2  "Cause" means, as determined in the sole discretion of the Board,
a Participant's (a) commission of a felony; (b) dishonesty or misrepresentation
involving the Company or any Subsidiary; (c) serious misconduct in the
performance or non-performance of Participant's responsibilities as an employee,
officer, Director, or consultant or independent contractor of the Company or any
Subsidiary; (d) violation of a material condition of employment or breach of
contract; (e) unauthorized use of trade secrets or confidential information of
the Company or any Subsidiary; or (f) aiding a competitor of the Company or any
Subsidiary.

          2.3  "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as it exists now
and as it may be amended from time to time.

          2.4  "Committee" means the committee comprised of two or more 
Non-Employee Directors appointed by the Board to administer the Plan.

          2.5  "Common Stock" means the common stock of the Company, $0.01 par
value.

          2.6  "Company" means StarTek, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and any
successor thereto.

          2.7  "Designated Subsidiary" means a Subsidiary of the Company that
the Board designates as a Subsidiary whose key employees, consultants and other
independent contractors are eligible to become Participants in the Plan.

          2.8  "Director" means a member of the Board.

<PAGE>

          2.9  "Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as it
exists now or from time to time may hereafter be amended.

          2.10 "Fair Market Value" means for the relevant day:

               (a)  If shares of Common Stock are listed or admitted to unlisted
trading privileges on any national or regional securities exchange, the last
reported sale price, regular way, on the composite tape of that exchange on the
day Fair Market Value is to be determined;

               (b)  If the Common Stock is not listed or admitted to unlisted
trading privileges as provided in paragraph (a), and if sales prices for shares
of Common Stock are reported by the National Association of Securities Dealers,
Inc. Automated Quotations, Inc. National Market System ("NASDAQ System"), then
the last sale price for Common Stock reported as of the close of business on the
day Fair Market Value is to be determined, or if no such sale takes place on
that day, the average of the high bid and low asked prices so reported; if
Common Stock is not traded on that day, the next preceding day on which such
stock was traded; or

               (c)  If trading of the Common Stock is not reported by the NASDAQ
System or on a stock exchange, Fair Market Value will be determined by the
Committee in its discretion based upon the best available data.

          2.11 "ISO" means incentive stock options within the meaning of
Section 422 of the code.

          2.12 "Non-Employee Director" means a Director who satisfies the
definitional requirements for a "Non-Employee Director" as set forth in Rule
16b-3(b)(3)(i) promulgated under the Exchange Act, as it exists now or from time
to time may hereafter be amended.

          2.13 "NSO" means non-qualified stock options, which are not intended
to qualify under Section 422 of the Code.

          2.14 "Option" means the right of a Participant, whether granted as an
ISO or an NSO, to purchase a specified number of shares of Common Stock, subject
to the terms and conditions of the Plan and the Option Agreement.

          2.15 "Option Agreement" means a written agreement evidencing an Option
or SAR between the Company and a Participant.

          2.16 "Option Date" means the date upon which an Option or SAR is
awarded to a Participant under the Plan.

          2.17 "Option Price" means the price per share at which an Option may
be exercised.

          2.18 "Participant" means an individual to whom an Option or SAR has
been granted under the Plan.

<PAGE>

          2.19 "Plan" means the StarTek, Inc. Stock Option Plan, as set forth
herein and as from time to time amended.

          2.20 "SAR" means a stock appreciation right associated with and issued
in connection with an NSO.

          2.21 "Securities Act" means the Securities Act of 1933, as it exists
now or from time to time may hereafter be amended.

          2.22 "Subsidiary" means any corporation or other entity which is a
subsidiary of the Company as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code.

          2.23 "Termination of Employment" means:

               (a)  With respect to an employee, when the employee's employment
relationship with the Company and all of its Subsidiaries is terminated;

               (b)  With respect to consultants and independent contractors,
when any consulting or independent contractor agreement is terminated, or when
the consultant or independent contractor no longer performs any services for the
Company, as determined by the Committee, in its sole discretion; and

               (c)  With respect to a Director who is not an employee, when his
membership on the Board terminates.

     3.   ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION.  Subject to the provisions of the Plan,
the Committee shall determine from time to time those consultants, independent
contractors, key employees, officers or Directors (other than Non-Employee
Directors) of the Company or a Designated Subsidiary who shall be designated as
Participants and the number, if any, of Options or SARs to be awarded to each
such Participant; provided, however, that no ISOs shall be awarded under the
Plan after the expiration of the period of ten years from the date this Plan is
adopted by the Board.  In addition, no ISOs may be awarded to a Participant who
is not an employee of the Company or a Designated Subsidiary.

     4.   COMMON STOCK SUBJECT TO THE PLAN.  Except as otherwise provided in
paragraph 10, the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued
under Options under this Plan may not exceed 985,000 shares of Common Stock.  If
any awards hereunder shall terminate or expire, as to any number of shares, new
ISOs and NSOs may thereafter be awarded with respect to such shares.

     5.   INCENTIVE STOCK OPTIONS.  The Committee may, in its discretion, grant
ISOs to any Participant under the Plan who is an employee of the Company or a
Designated Subsidiary.  Each ISO shall be evidenced by an Option Agreement
between the Company and the Participant.  Each Option Agreement, in such form as
is approved by the Committee, shall be subject to the following express terms
and 

<PAGE>

conditions and to such other terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the 
Plan, as the Committee may deem appropriate.

          (a)  OPTION PERIOD.  Each ISO will expire as of the earliest of:

               (i)    the date on which it is forfeited under the 
                      provisions of paragraph 8;

               (ii)   10 years (or five years as specified in paragraph 5(e))
                      from the Option Date;

               (iii)  three months after the Participant's Termination of 
                      Employment for any reason other than death; or

               (iv)   six months after the Participant's death.

          (b)  OPTION PRICE.  The Option Price per share shall be determined 
by the Committee at the time any ISO is granted, and, subject to the provisions
of paragraph 5(e), shall not be less than the Fair Market Value of the Common 
Stock subject to the ISO on the Option Date.

          (c)  OTHER OPTION PROVISIONS.  The form of ISO authorized by the 
Plan may contain such other provisions as the Committee may, from time to 
time, determine; provided, however, that such other provisions may not be 
inconsistent with any requirements imposed on qualified stock options under 
Section 422 of the Code.

          (d)  LIMITATIONS ON AWARDS.  The aggregate Fair Market Value, 
determined as of the Option Date, of Common Stock with respect to which ISOs 
are exercisable by a Participant for the first time during any calendar year 
under all ISO plans of the Company and any Subsidiary shall not exceed 
$100,000.

          (e)  AWARDS TO CERTAIN STOCKHOLDERS.  Notwithstanding paragraphs 
5(a) and 5(b) hereof, if an ISO is granted to a Participant who owns stock 
representing more than 10% of the voting power of all classes of stock of the 
Company or a Subsidiary, the exercise period specified in the ISO agreement 
for which the ISO thereunder is granted shall not exceed five years from the 
Option Date, and the Option Price shall be at least 110% of the Fair Market 
Value (as of the Option Date) of the Common Stock subject to the ISO.

     6.   NON-QUALIFIED STOCK OPTION.  The Committee may, in its discretion,
grant NSOs to any Participant under the Plan.  Each NSO shall be evidenced by an
Option Agreement between the Company and the Participant.  Each Option Agreement
for an NSO, in such form as is approved by the Committee, shall be subject to
the following express terms and conditions:

          (a)  OPTION PERIOD.  Each NSO will expire as of the earliest of:

<PAGE>

               (i)    the date on which it is forfeited under the provisions of
                      paragraph 8;

               (ii)   the date three months after the Participant's Termination
                      of Employment for any reason other than death; or

               (iii)  the date six months after the Participant's death.

          (b)  OPTION PRICE.  At the time when the NSO is granted, the 
Committee will fix the Option Price.  The Option Price may be greater than, 
less than, or equal to Fair Market Value on the Option Date, as determined in 
the sole discretion of the Committee.

          (c)  OTHER OPTION PROVISIONS.  The form of NSO authorized by the 
Plan may contain such other provisions not inconsistent with the Plan as the 
Committee may from time to time determine.

     7.   STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS.  The Committee may, in its direction, grant
an SAR to any Participant under the Plan.  Each SAR shall be granted only in
connection with an NSO and shall be evidenced by the Option Agreement for the
NSO between the Company and the Participant.  Each SAR awarded to Participants
under the Plan shall be subject to the following express terms and conditions
and to such other terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the Plan, as the
Committee shall deem appropriate:

          (a)  TERMS OF SARS.  Each SAR shall terminate on the same date as the
related NSO.  The SAR shall be exercisable only if the Fair Market Value of a
share of Common Stock on the date of surrender exceeds the Option Price for the
related Option, and then shall be exercisable to the extent, and only to the
extent, that the related Option is exercisable.  The SAR shall entitle the
Participant to whom it is granted the right to elect, so long as such SAR is
exercisable and subject to such limitations as the Committee shall have imposed,
to surrender any then exercisable portion of his related Option, in whole or in
part, and receive from the Company in exchange, without any payment of cash
(except for applicable employee withholding taxes), that number of shares of
Common Stock having an aggregate Fair Market Value on the date of surrender
equal to the product of (i) the excess of the Fair Market Value of a share of
Common Stock on the date of surrender over the per share Option Price, and
(ii) the number of shares of Common Stock subject to such Option or portion
thereof which is surrendered.  Any Option or portion thereof which is
surrendered shall no longer be exercisable.  The Committee, in its sole
discretion, may allow the Company to settle all or part of the Company's
obligation arising out of the exercise of an SAR by the payment of cash equal to
the aggregate Fair Market Value of the shares of Common Stock which the Company
would otherwise be obligated to deliver.

          (b)  OTHER CONDITIONS.  If a Participant is subject to Section 16(a)
and Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act, the 


<PAGE>

Committee may at any time add such additional conditions and limitations to 
such SAR which the Committee, in its discretion, deems necessary or desirable 
in order to comply with Section 16(a) or Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act and 
the rules and regulations issued thereunder, or in order to obtain any 
exemption therefrom.  

     8.   VESTING.  A Participant may not exercise an Option or surrender an SAR
until it has become vested.  The portion of an Option or SAR award that is
vested depends upon the period that has elapsed since the Option Date.  Unless
the Committee establishes a different vesting schedule at the time when an
Option is granted or the SAR is awarded, all Options granted and SARs awarded
under this Plan shall vest according to the following schedule:


          Period Elapsed               Vested Percentage
- ---------------------------------      -----------------
First Anniversary of Option Date               20% 
Second Anniversary of Option Date              40% 
Third Anniversary of Option Date               60% 
Fourth Anniversary of Option Date              80% 
Fifth Anniversary of Option Date              100%

Except as provided below, upon Termination of Employment, for any reason, a
Participant shall forfeit any Options and SARs that are not vested on the date
of Termination of his Employment.  Unless the Committee in its sole discretion
specifically waives the application of this sentence, then notwithstanding the
vesting schedule contained herein or in the Participant's Option Agreement, upon
Termination of Employment of a Participant for Cause, all Options and SARs
granted or awarded to the Participant will be immediately cancelled and
forfeited by the Participant upon delivery to him of notice of such termination.

     9.   EXERCISE OF OPTIONS.  To exercise an Option in whole or in part, a
Participant (or, after his death, his executor or administrator) must give
written notice to the Committee, stating the number of shares as to which he
intends to exercise the Option.  The Company will issue the shares with respect
to which the Option is exercised upon payment in full of the Option Price.  The
Option Price may be paid (i) in cash, (ii) in shares of Common Stock having an
aggregate  Fair Market Value, as determined on the date of delivery, equal to
the Option Price, or (iii) by delivery of irrevocable instructions to a broker
to promptly deliver to the Company the amount of sale or loan proceeds necessary
to pay for all Common Stock acquired through such exercise and any tax
withholding obligations resulting from such exercise.  The Option Price may be
paid by surrender of SARs equal to the Option Price.

    10.   CHANGES IN CAPITAL STRUCTURE.  If there is any change in the capital
structure of the Company, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, make any
adjustments necessary to prevent accretion, or to protect against dilution, in
the number and kind of shares authorized by the Plan and, with respect to
outstanding Options and/or SARs, in the number and kind of shares covered
thereby and in the applicable Option Price.  For the purpose of this
paragraph 10, a change in the capital structure of the Company 

<PAGE>

includes, without limitation, any change resulting from a recapitalization, 
stock split, stock dividend, consolidation, rights offering, spin-off, 
reorganization, or liquidation and any transaction in which shares of Common 
Stock are changed into or exchanged for a different number or kind of shares 
of stock or other securities of the Company or another corporation.

    11.   NON-TRANSFERABILITY OF OPTIONS AND SARS.  The Options and SARs granted
under the Plan are not transferable, voluntarily or involuntarily, other than by
will or the laws of descent and distribution.  During a Participant's lifetime,
his Options may be exercised only by him.

    12.   RIGHTS AS STOCKHOLDER.  No Common Stock may be delivered upon the
exercise of any Option until full payment has been made and all income tax
withholding requirements thereon have been satisfied.  A Participant has no
rights whatsoever as a stockholder with respect to any shares covered by an
Option until the date of the issuance of a stock certificate for the shares.  A
Participant who has been granted SARs shall have no rights whatsoever as a
stockholder with respect to such SARs.

    13.   WITHHOLDING TAX.  The Company or Designated Subsidiary, if any, may
take such steps as it may deem necessary or appropriate for the withholding of
any taxes which the Company or the Designated Subsidiary, if any, is required by
any law or regulation or any governmental authority, whether federal, state or
local, domestic or foreign, to withhold in connection with any Option or SAR
including, but not limited to, the withholding of all or any portion of any
payment or the withholding of issuance of shares of Common Stock to be issued
upon the exercise of any Option or SAR until the Participant reimburses the
Company or Designated Subsidiary, if any, for the amount the Company or
Designated Subsidiary, if any, is required to withhold with respect to such
taxes, or cancelling any portion of such award in an amount sufficient to
reimburse itself for the amount it is required to so withhold.

    14.   NO RIGHT TO EMPLOYMENT.  Participation in the Plan will not give any
Participant a right to be retained as an employee of the Company or any
Subsidiary, or any right or claim to any benefit under the Plan, unless the
right or claim has specifically accrued under the Plan.

    15.   AMENDMENT OF THE PLAN.  The Board may from time to time alter, amend,
suspend or discontinue this Plan, including, where applicable, any modifications
or amendments as it shall deem advisable in order that ISOs will be classified
as incentive stock options under the Code, or in order to conform to any
regulation or to any change in any law or regulations applicable thereto,
including any changes required to comply with the Exchange Act or any rules or
regulations issued thereunder; provided, however, that no such action shall,
without the approval of holders affected thereby, adversely affect the rights
and obligations of such holders with respect to Options at any time outstanding
under this Plan; and provided further that no such action shall, without the
approval of the stockholders of the Company, (i) increase the 

<PAGE>

maximum number of shares of the Common Stock that may be made subject to 
Options (unless necessary to effect the adjustments required by paragraph 10), 
(ii) materially increase the benefits accruing to Participants under this 
Plan, or (iii) materially modify the requirements as to eligibility for 
participation in this Plan.

    16.   ADMINISTRATION.  The Plan shall be administered by the Committee.  In
addition to any other powers set forth in this Plan, the Committee has the
exclusive authority:

          (a)  to construe and interpret the Plan, and to remedy any ambiguities
or inconsistences therein;

          (b)  to establish, amend and rescind appropriate rules and regulations
relating to the Plan;

          (c)  subject to the express provisions of the Plan, to determine the
individuals who will receive awards of Options or SARs, the times when they will
receive them, the number of shares to be subject to each award and the Option
Price, payment terms, payment method, and expiration date applicable to each
award;

          (d)  to contest on behalf of the Company or Participants, at the
expense of the Company, any ruling or decision on any matter relating to the
Plan or to any awards of ISOs, NSOs, or SARs;

          (e)  generally, to administer the Plan, and to take all such steps and
make all such determinations in connection with the Plan and the awards of ISOs,
NSOs, or SARs granted thereunder as it may deem necessary or advisable;

          (f)  to determine the form in which payment of an SAR award granted
hereunder will be made (i.e., cash, Common Stock or a combination thereof) or to
approve a participant's election to receive cash in whole or in part in
settlement of the SAR award; and

          (g)  to determine the form in which tax withholding under Section 13
of this Plan will be made.

    17.   TERMINATION OF PLAN.  In the event of dissolution or liquidation of
the Company, or upon any reorganization, merger or consolidation of the Company
with one or more corporations where the Company is the surviving corporation and
the stockholders of the Company immediately prior to such transaction do not own
at least fifty percent (50%) of the issued and outstanding Common Stock
immediately after such transaction, or upon any reorganization, merger or
consolidation of the Company with one or more corporations where the Company is
not the surviving corporation, or upon a sale of substantially all of the assets
of the Company to another corporation or entity or upon the sale of Common Stock
to another person or entity in one or a series of transactions with the result
that such person or entity owns more than fifty percent (50%) of the issued and
outstanding Common Stock immediately after such sale(s), the Plan and all
Options and SARs 

<PAGE>

outstanding under the Plan shall terminate on the effective date of the 
transaction (or, in the event of a tender offer resulting in the sale of fifty 
percent (50%) or more of the outstanding Common Stock (a "Tender Offer"), 
thirty (30) days after the final expiration of the Tender Offer.  Any Options 
and SARs theretofore granted and outstanding under the Plan shall become 
immediately vested and exercisable in full at such time as the approval of the 
transaction by the Board, or the final expiration of any Tender Offer 
(notwithstanding any performance, vesting or other criteria contained 
therein), and shall remain exercisable until the effective date of such 
transaction or thirty (30) days after the final expiration of the Tender 
Offer, whichever is applicable (unless the Option or SAR would otherwise 
expire by its own terms on an earlier date).  The Company shall give each 
optionee written notice at least five (5) days prior to the effective date of 
any termination of the Plan as a result of a transaction described above in 
order to permit the optionee to exercise his Options prior to the effective 
date of termination.  Any Option not exercised by the effective date of a 
transaction described above shall terminate on such date.

    18.   APPLICATION OF SECTION 16.  With respect to persons subject to
Section 16 of the 1934 Act, transactions under this Plan are intended to comply
with all applicable conditions of Rule 16b-3 or its successors under the 1934
Act.  To the extent any provision of this Plan or action by the Committee fails
to so comply, it shall be deemed null and void, to the extent permitted by law
and deemed advisable by the Committee.

    19.   STOCK RESTRICTIONS.  The Board may provide that shares of Common Stock
issuable upon the exercise of a Option be subject to various restrictions,
including restrictions which provide that the Company has a right to prohibit
sales of such shares of Common Stock, a right of first refusal with respect to
such shares of Common Stock or a right or obligation to repurchase all or a
portion of such shares of Common Stock, which restrictions may survive a
Participant's term of employment with the Company.  The acceleration of time or
times at which the Option becomes exercisable may be conditioned upon the
Participant's agreement to such restrictions.

    20.   NONEXCLUSIVITY OF THIS PLAN.  Neither the adoption of this Plan by the
Board nor the submission of this Plan to stockholders of the Company for
approval shall be construed as creating any limitations on the power or
authority of the Board to adopt such other or additional incentive or other
compensation arrangements of whatever nature as the Board may deem necessary or
desirable or preclude or limit the continuation of any other plan, practice or
arrangement for the payment of compensation or fringe benefits to employees
generally, or to any class or group of employees, which the Company or any
Designated Subsidiary, if any, has lawfully put into effect, including, without
limitation, any retirement, pension,savings and stock purchase plan, insurance,
death and disability benefits and executive short-term incentive plans.

<PAGE>

    21.   STOCKHOLDER APPROVAL.  Continuance of the Plan shall be subject to
approval by the stockholders of the Company within 12 months before or after the
date the Plan is adopted by the Board.

    22.   CONDITIONS UPON ISSUANCE OF SHARES.  An Option or SAR shall not be
exercisable, and a share of Common Stock shall not be issued pursuant to the
exercise of an Option or SAR until such time as the Plan has been approved by
the Stockholders of the Company and unless the exercise of such Option and the
issuance and delivery of such share pursuant thereto shall comply with all
relevant provisions of law, including, without limitation, the Securities Act,
the Exchange Act, the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, and the
requirements of any stock exchange upon which the shares of Common Stock may
then be listed, and shall be further subject to the approval of counsel for the
Company with respect to such compliance.  As a condition to the exercise of an
Option or SAR, the Company may require the person exercising such Option to
represent and warrant at the time of any such exercise that the Common Stock is
being purchased only for investment and without any present intention to sell or
distribute such shares if, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, such a
representation is required by any of the aforementioned relevant provisions of
law.

    23.   RULES OF CONSTRUCTION.

          (a)  GOVERNING LAW.  The construction and operation of this Plan are
governed by the laws of the State of Delaware.

          (b)  UNDEFINED TERMS.  Unless the context requires another meaning,
any term not specifically defined in this Plan has the meaning given to it by
the Code.

          (c)  HEADINGS.  All headings in this Plan are for reference only and
are not to be utilized in construing the Plan.

          (d)  GENDER.  Unless clearly appropriate, all nouns of whatever gender
refer indifferently to persons of any gender.

          (e)  SINGULAR AND PLURAL.  Unless clearly inappropriate, singular
terms refer also to the plural and vice versa.

          (f)  SEVERABILITY.  If any provision of this Plan is determined to be
illegal or invalid for any reason, the remaining provisions shall continue in
full force and effect and shall be construed and enforced as if the illegal or
invalid provision did not exist, unless the continuance of the Plan in such
circumstances is not consistent with its purposes.

    24.   EFFECTIVE DATE.  This Plan is effective as of the later of the date of
its adoption by the Board, or the date it is approved by the stockholders of the
Company, pursuant to Section 21.



<PAGE>
                                       
                                  EXHIBIT 10.3

                                  STARTEK, INC.
                          DIRECTORS' STOCK OPTION PLAN


     This Directors' Stock Option Plan ("Plan") is adopted effective as of 
January 27, 1997, by StarTek, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company").

     1.   PURPOSE.  The Company desires to establish the Plan for the purpose 
of encouraging Non-Employee Directors to continue with and promote the 
success of the Company by permitting them to acquire a proprietary interest 
in the Company through automatic grants of nonqualified stock options.

     2.   DEFINITIONS.

          2.1  "Board" or "Board of Directors" means the board of directors 
of the Company.

          2.2  "Cause" means, as determined in the sole discretion of the 
Board, a Participant's (a) commission of a felony; (b) dishonesty or 
misrepresentation involving the Company or any Subsidiary; (c) serious 
misconduct in the performance or non-performance of Participant's 
responsibilities as a Director; (d) unauthorized use of trade secrets or 
confidential information; or (e) aiding a competitor of the Company or any 
Subsidiary.

          2.3  "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as it exists 
now and as it may be amended from time to time.

          2.4  "Common Stock" means the common stock of the Company, $0.01 
par value.

          2.5  "Company" means StarTek, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and any 
successor thereto.

          2.6  "Director" means a member of the Board.

          2.7  "Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as 
it exists now or from time to time may hereafter be amended.

          2.8  "Fair Market Value" means for the relevant day:

               (a)  If shares of Common Stock are listed or admitted to 
unlisted trading privileges on any national or regional securities exchange, 
the last reported sale price, regular way, on the composite tape of that 
exchange on the day Fair Market Value is to be determined;

               (b)  If the Common Stock is not listed or admitted to unlisted 
trading privileges as provided in subparagraph (a) above, and if sales prices 
for shares of Common Stock are reported by the National Association of 
Securities Dealers, Inc. Automated Quotations, Inc. National Market System 

<PAGE>

("NASDAQ System"), then the last sale price for Common Stock reported as of 
the close of business on the day Fair Market Value is to be determined, or if 
no such sale takes place on that day, the average of the high bid and low 
asked prices so reported; if Common Stock is not traded on that day, the next 
preceding day on which such stock was traded; or

               (c)  If trading of the Common Stock is not reported by the 
NASDAQ System or on a stock exchange, Fair Market Value will be determined by 
the Board in its discretion based upon the best available data.

          2.9  "Non-Employee Director" means a Director who satisfies the 
definitional requirements for a "Non-Employee Director" as set forth in Rule 
16b-3(b)(3)(i) promulgated under the Exchange Act, as it exists now or from 
time to time may hereafter be amended.

          2.10 "Option" means the right of a Participant to purchase a 
specified number of shares of Common Stock, subject to the terms and 
conditions of the Plan.

          2.11 "Option Date" means the date upon which an Option is granted 
to a Participant under the Plan under paragraph 5 below.

          2.12 "Option Price" means the price per share at which an Option 
may be exercised.

          2.13 "Participant" means an individual Non-Employee Director who 
satisfies the requirements of paragraph 3 below for the grant of an Option.

          2.14 "Plan" means the StarTek, Inc. Directors' Stock Option Plan, 
as set forth herein and as from time to time amended.

          2.15 "Securities Act" means the Securities Act of 1933, as it 
exists now or from time to time may hereafter be amended.

          2.16 "Subsidiary" means any corporation or other entity which is a 
subsidiary of the Company as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code.

     3.   ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION.  In order to become and continue as 
a Participant, a Non-Employee Director must satisfy all of the following as 
of each Option Date:

          (a)  The Non-Employee Director must have been elected to serve as a 
Director effective prior to the Option Date;

          (b)  The Non-Employee Director must satisfy the definitional 
requirements for a Non-Employee Director as of such Option Date; and 

          (c)  The Non-Employee Director must have served on the Board 
continuously since the commencement of his or her term.

<PAGE>

     4.   COMMON STOCK SUBJECT TO THE PLAN.  Except as otherwise provided in 
paragraph 8 below, the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock that may be 
issued under Options under this Plan may not exceed 90,000 shares of Common 
Stock.  If any awards hereunder shall terminate or expire, as to any number 
of shares, new Options may thereafter be awarded with respect to such shares.

     5.   GRANT OF STOCK OPTIONS.  Subject to the limitation in paragraph 4 
above, each Participant shall be automatically granted an Option to acquire 
10,000 shares of Common Stock effective upon the later of (i) his or her 
election as a Director or (ii) the closing of an initial public offering of 
the Common Stock.  In addition, each Participant shall be automatically 
granted an Option to acquire 3,000 shares of Common Stock effective upon each 
date that the Participant is subsequently reelected as a Director at an 
annual meeting of the stockholders of the Company held each year after the 
Participant's initial election as a Director.  Each Option shall be subject 
to the following express terms and conditions:

          (a)  OPTION PERIOD.  Options may be exercisable upon the grant 
thereof.  Each Option will expire as of the earliest of:

               (i)   the date on which the Participant's membership on the 
                     Board is terminated for Cause;

               (ii)  ten (10) years from the Option Date; or

               (iii) the date one (1) year after the Participant's death.

          (b)  OPTION PRICE.  Options granted effective as of the closing of 
an initial public offering shall have an exercise price equal to the offering 
price in such offering.  Options granted thereafter shall have an exercise 
price equal to Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the Option Date.

     6.   VESTING.  Each Option shall be fully vested on the Option Date.

     7.   EXERCISE OF OPTIONS.  To exercise an Option in whole or in part, a 
Participant (or, after his death, his executor or administrator) must give 
written notice to the Board, stating the number of shares as to which he 
intends to exercise the Option.  The Company will issue the shares with 
respect to which the Option is exercised upon payment in full of the Option 
Price.  The Option Price may be paid (i) in cash, (ii) in shares of Common 
Stock having an aggregate  Fair Market Value, as determined on the date of 
delivery, equal to the Option Price, or (iii) by delivery of irrevocable 
instructions to a broker to promptly deliver to the Company the amount of 
sale or loan proceeds necessary to pay for all Common Stock acquired through 
such exercise and any tax withholding obligations resulting from such 
exercise.

     8.   CHANGES IN CAPITAL STRUCTURE.  If there is any change in the 
capital structure of the Company, the Board may, in 

<PAGE>

its sole discretion, (i) determine that the aggregate number of shares of 
Common Stock that may be issued under Options under this Plan and the number 
and kind of shares covered by and applicable Option Price with respect to any 
Options then outstanding hereunder are not subject to adjustment under this 
paragraph 8 as a result of such change in capital structure or (ii) make any 
adjustments necessary to prevent accretion, or to protect against dilution, 
in the number and kind of shares authorized by the Plan and, with respect to 
outstanding Options, in the number and kind of shares covered thereby and in 
the applicable Option Price.  The Board by resolution or resolutions shall 
set forth its determination regarding an adjustment or adjustments, if any, 
under this paragraph 8.  For the purpose of this paragraph 8, a change in the 
capital structure of the Company includes, without limitation, any change 
resulting from a recapitalization, stock split, reverse stock split, stock 
dividend, consolidation, rights offering, spin-off, reorganization, or 
liquidation and any transaction in which shares of Common Stock are changed 
into or exchanged for a different number or kind of shares of stock or other 
securities of the Company or another corporation.

     9.   NON-TRANSFERABILITY OF OPTIONS.  The Options granted under the Plan 
are not transferable, voluntarily or involuntarily, other than by will or the 
laws of descent and distribution.  During a Participant's lifetime, his 
Options may be exercised only by him.

     10.  RIGHTS AS STOCKHOLDER.  No Common Stock may be delivered upon the 
exercise of any Option until full payment has been made and all income tax 
withholding requirements thereon have been satisfied.  A Participant has no 
rights whatsoever as a stockholder with respect to any shares covered by an 
Option until the date of the issuance of a stock certificate for the shares.

     11.  WITHHOLDING TAX.  The Company may take such steps as it may deem 
necessary or appropriate for the withholding of any taxes which the Company 
is required by any law or regulation or any governmental authority, whether 
federal, state or local, domestic or foreign, to withhold in connection with 
any Option including, but not limited to, the withholding of all or any 
portion of any payment or the withholding of issuance of shares of Common 
Stock to be issued upon the exercise of any Option until the Participant 
reimburses the Company for the amount the Company is required to withhold 
with respect to such taxes, or cancelling any portion of such award in an 
amount sufficient to reimburse itself for the amount it is required to so 
withhold.

     12.  NO RIGHT TO REELECTION.  Participation in the Plan will not give 
any Participant a right to be reelected as a Director, or any right or claim 
to any benefit under the Plan, unless the right or claim has specifically 
accrued under the Plan.

     13.  AMENDMENT OF THE PLAN.  The Board may from time to time alter, 
amend, suspend or discontinue this Plan, including, where applicable, any 
modifications or amendments as it shall deem advisable in order to conform to 
any regulation or to any change in any law or regulations applicable thereto, 
including any changes required to comply with the Exchange Act or any rules 
or 

<PAGE>

regulations issued thereunder; provided, however, that no such action shall, 
without the approval of holders affected thereby, adversely affect the rights 
and obligations of such holders with respect to Options at any time 
outstanding under this Plan; provided further, that stockholder approval of 
any amendment shall be required if necessary for the Company to comply with 
the rules of any exchange or over the counter market.

     14.  ADMINISTRATION.  The Plan shall be administered by the Board.  In 
addition to any other powers set forth in this Plan, the Board has the 
exclusive authority:

          (a)  to construe and interpret the Plan, and to remedy any 
ambiguities or inconsistences therein;

          (b)  to establish, amend and rescind appropriate rules and 
regulations relating to the Plan;

          (c)  subject to the express provisions of the Plan, to determine 
payment terms, payment method, and expiration date applicable to each Option; 

          (d)  to contest on behalf of the Company or Participants, at the 
expense of the Company, any ruling or decision on any matter relating to the 
Plan or to any Options;

          (e)  generally, to administer the Plan, and to take all such steps 
and make all such determinations in connection with the Plan and the awards 
of Options granted thereunder as it may deem necessary or advisable; and

          (f)  to determine the form in which tax withholding under paragraph 
11 above will be made.

     15.  TERMINATION OF PLAN.  In the event of dissolution or liquidation of 
the Company, or upon any reorganization, merger or consolidation of the 
Company with one or more corporations where the Company is the surviving 
corporation and the stockholders of the Company immediately prior to such 
transaction do not own at least fifty percent (50%) of the issued and 
outstanding Common Stock immediately after such transaction, or upon any 
reorganization, merger or consolidation of the Company with one or more 
corporations where the Company is not the surviving corporation, or upon a 
sale of substantially all of the assets of the Company to another corporation 
or entity or upon the sale of Common Stock to another person or entity in one 
or a series of transactions with the result that such person or entity owns 
more than fifty percent (50%) of the issued and outstanding Common Stock 
immediately after such sale(s), the Plan and all Options outstanding under 
the Plan shall terminate on the effective date of the transaction (or, in the 
event of a tender offer resulting in the sale of fifty percent (50%) or more 
of the outstanding Common Stock (a "Tender Offer"), thirty (30) days after 
the final expiration of the Tender Offer).  Any Options theretofore granted 
and outstanding under the Plan shall be exercisable in full at such time as 
the approval of the transaction by the Board, or the final expiration of any 
Tender Offer, and shall remain exercisable until 

<PAGE>

the effective date of such transaction or thirty (30) days after the final 
expiration of the Tender Offer, whichever is applicable (unless the Option 
would otherwise expire by its own terms on an earlier date).  The Company 
shall give each optionee written notice at least five (5) days prior to the 
effective date of any termination of the Plan as a result of a transaction 
described above in order to permit the optionee to exercise his Options prior 
to the effective date of termination.  Any Option not exercised by the 
effective date of a transaction described above shall terminate on such date.

     16.  APPLICATION OF SECTION 16.  With respect to persons subject to 
Section 16 of the 1934 Act, transactions under this Plan are intended to 
comply with all applicable conditions of Rule 16b-3 or its successors under 
the 1934 Act.  To the extent any provision of this Plan or action by the 
Board fails to so comply, it shall be deemed null and void, to the extent 
permitted by law and deemed advisable by the Board.

     17.  STOCKHOLDER APPROVAL.  Continuance of the Plan shall be subject to 
approval by the stockholders of the Company within 12 months before or after 
the date the Plan is adopted by the Board.

     18.  CONDITIONS UPON ISSUANCE OF SHARES.  An Option shall not be 
exercisable, and a share of Common Stock shall not be issued pursuant to the 
exercise of an Option until such time as the Plan has been approved by the 
Stockholders of the Company and unless the exercise of such Option and the 
issuance and delivery of such share pursuant thereto shall comply with all 
relevant provisions of law, including, without limitation, the Securities 
Act, the Exchange Act, the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, and 
the requirements of any stock exchange upon which the shares of Common Stock 
may then be listed, and shall be further subject to the approval of counsel 
for the Company with respect to such compliance.  As a condition to the 
exercise of an Option, the Company may require the person exercising such 
Option to represent and warrant at the time of any such exercise that the 
Common Stock is being purchased only for investment and without any present 
intention to sell or distribute such shares if, in the opinion of counsel for 
the Company, such a representation is required by any of the aforementioned 
relevant provisions of law.

     19.  RULES OF CONSTRUCTION.

          (a)  GOVERNING LAW.  The construction and operation of this Plan 
are governed by the laws of the State of Delaware.

          (b)  UNDEFINED TERMS.  Unless the context requires another meaning, 
any term not specifically defined in this Plan has the meaning given to it by 
the Code.

          (c)  HEADINGS.  All headings in this Plan are for reference only 
and are not to be utilized in construing the Plan.

          (d)  GENDER.  Unless clearly appropriate, all nouns of whatever 
gender refer indifferently to persons of any gender.

<PAGE>

          (e)  SINGULAR AND PLURAL.  Unless clearly inappropriate, singular 
terms refer also to the plural and vice versa.

          (f)  SEVERABILITY.  If any provision of this Plan is determined to 
be illegal or invalid for any reason, the remaining provisions shall continue 
in full force and effect and shall be construed and enforced as if the 
illegal or invalid provision did not exist, unless the continuance of the 
Plan in such circumstances is not consistent with its purposes.

     20.  EFFECTIVE DATE.  This Plan is effective as of the later of the date 
of its adoption by the Board, or the date it is approved by the stockholders 
of the Company, pursuant to paragraph 17 above.


<PAGE>


                                     EXHIBIT 10.4
DATED                                                                      1993




                           EAST MERCIA DEVELOPMENTS LIMITED

                                  (In Receivership)


                                       - and -


                             STARPAK INTERNATIONAL, LTD.


                                       - and -


                                     STARPAK INC




                                                                   

                                      L E A S E

                                     relating to

                                Block A Sovereign Park
                                     Brenda Road
                                 Hartlepool Cleveland
                                                                   











Dibb Lupton Broomhead                               Date of Original:  06.05.93
125 London Wall                                      Date of Version:  02.06.93
LONDON                                                          Version No.:  3
EC2Y 5AE

Tel: 071 600 0202
Fax: 071 600 1753

<PAGE>

THIS LEASE which is made the 17th day of June 1993 BETWEEN

(1)  EAST MERCIA DEVELOPMENTS LIMITED (IN RECEIVERSHIP) of 51 Grays Inn Road
     London WC1 acting by NIGEL CAMERON WHEELER and DAVID PATRICK KING both c/o
     Nelsen Bakewell of Westland House 17c Curzon Street London W1 ("the
     Receivers") ("the Landlord") and

(2)  STARPAK INTERNATIONAL, LTD. whose office is at Block A Sovereign Park
     Hartlepool Cleveland ("the Tenant") and

(3)  STARPAK INC of 100 Garfield Street Fourth Floor Denver Colorado 80206 USA
     ("the Surety")

WITNESSES THAT:

1.   DEFINITIONS

     1.1   In this Lease unless the context requires otherwise the following
           words and expressions have the meanings set out below:

           "Access Road"         means the roads coloured yellow on Plan II

           "Building"            means any building or buildings from time to 
                                 time on the demised premises and reference to
                                 the Building includes reference to any part 
                                 of it

           "Conduits"            means and includes pipes mains sewers drains 
                                 conduits inspection chambers manholes pumping
                                 stations stopcocks wires cables ducts meters 
                                 channels and other conducting media or similar
                                 apparatus

           "demised premises"    means the land described in the First Schedule
                                 hereto and each and every part thereof together
                                 with the appurtenances thereto belonging and
                                 together also with any buildings and each and
                                 every part thereof now or hereafter erected or 
                                 in the course of erection thereon or on any 
                                 part thereof together with all additions 
                                 alterations and improvements thereto which 

<PAGE>
                                 may be carried out during the term

           "Insured Risks"       means and includes loss or damage by fire storm
                                 tempest flood lightning explosion riot civil
                                 commotion and malicious damage impact aircraft
                                 (other than hostile aircraft) and (except in 
                                 time of war) articles dropped therefrom acts of
                                 terrorism bursting and overflowing of water 
                                 tanks apparatus and pipes and such other perils
                                 as the Landlord shall reasonably require

           "Estate"              means the land shown edged blue on Plan II

           "Landlord"            shall include the person for the time being 
                                 entitled to the reversion immediately expectant
                                 on the determination of the term

           "Landlord's Surveyor" means the Surveyor appointed by the Landlord
                                 from time to time for the purpose of this Lease
                                 who may be employed by the Landlord or an 
                                 associated company of the Landlord

           "Lease"               means this Underlease and includes where 
                                 relevant any deed of variation licence consent
                                 or other document supplemental to this Lease

           "Planning Acts"       means the Town and Country Planning Acts for 
                                 the time being in force and any order 
                                 instrument plan regulation permission and 
                                 direction made or issued thereunder or deriving
                                 validity therefrom

           "Plan I"              means the plan attached hereto marked "Plan I"

           "Plan II"             means the plan attached hereto marked "Plan II"


                                      -2- 
<PAGE>

           "Plan III"            means the plan attached hereto marked "Plan 
                                 III"

           "Prescribed Rate"     means two per centum per annum above National
                                 Westminster Bank PLC base rate current from day
                                 to day or in the event of the said base rate 
                                 ceasing to exist such other reasonable rate of
                                 interest as the Landlord may properly from time
                                 to time in writing specify

           "Surety"              includes any successors in title of the Surety

           "Tenant"              shall include the successors in title permitted
                                 assigns and Personal Representatives of the 
                                 Tenant

           "Term"                means the term of years hereby created together
                                 (in the case of Starpak International Limited 
                                 only) with any statutory continuation or 
                                 extension thereof

           "Unit"                means one of the three units comprising part of
                                 the Premises and marked "I" or "II" or "III" on
                                 Plan III

           "VAT"                 means value added tax and any other tax 
                                 supplementing or replacing it

     1.2   Where any part hereto consists of two or more individuals or 
           companies any obligations stated or implied to be made by or with any
           of them shall be deemed to be made by or with them jointly and 
           severally

     1.3   Any reference to any Act of Parliament includes a reference to that
           Act as amended or replaced from time to time and to any subordinate
           legislation made thereunder

     1.4   The marginal headings shall not affect the interpretation of this
           Lease

                                      -3- 
<PAGE>

     1.5   The singular includes the plural and vice versa and the masculine
           includes the feminine and neuter and vice versa

     1.6   Any covenant by a Tenant not to do any act or thing shall be deemed 
           to include an obligation not to do or permit or suffer such act or 
           thing to be done

2.   DEMISE

     In consideration of the rents and covenants hereinafter reserved and
     contained the Landlord hereby DEMISES unto the Tenant ALL THAT the demised
     premises TOGETHER WITH (insofar as the Landlord has power to grant the
     same) the rights set out in the Second Schedule hereto EXCEPT AND RESERVING
     as mentioned in the Third Schedule hereto TO HOLD the same unto the Tenant
     for a term of FIVE YEARS from the 30th day of April 1993 SUBJECT TO:-

     2.1   all rights of light and air and all other rights easements quasi-
           easements and privileges to which the demised premises are or may be
           subject; and

     2.2   with the benefit of (insofar as the same relate to or affect the
           demised premises and not other premises) the provisions or matters
           contained or referred to in the documents referred to in the Fourth
           Schedule hereto

     YIELDING AND PAYING therefor yearly during the term:

     2.3   (a)  during the first year of the term the clear yearly rent of
                L70,000 (SEVENTY THOUSAND POUNDS)

           (b)  during each of the second, third and fourth years of the term 
                the clear yearly rent of L80,000 (EIGHTY THOUSAND POUNDS) and

           (c)  during the fifth year of the term the clear yearly rent of
                L82,500 (EIGHTY-TWO THOUSAND FIVE HUNDRED POUNDS)

           to be paid by equal quarterly payments in advance on the usual 
           quarter days in every year the first of such payments being a 
           proportionate payment to be paid on the execution hereof in respect
           of the period from the 1st day of December 1993 to the 28th day of 
           February 1994

     2.4   by way of further rent on demand (at the election of the Landlord 
           made at any time) either a fair and proper proportion (as determined
           by the Landlord's Surveyor whose reasonable decision shall be binding
           upon the 

                                      -4- 
<PAGE>

           Tenant) of the sum or sums which the Landlord shall from time to time
           pay by way of premium for insuring the Estate or the cost to the 
           Landlord of insuring the buildings comprised in the demised premises
           and all fixtures of an insurable nature (other than those which the 
           Tenant is entitled to remove) in either case for the full 
           reinstatement value thereof (such costs to include any reasonable
           costs in valuing the Estate or the said buildings and fixtures for 
           the purposes of assessing the sum for which they should be insured
           provided that such valuation shall occur not more than once in every
           three years) against (insofar as such risks are insurable) the 
           insured risks and including Architects' and Surveyors' fees 
           demolition and site clearance charges and three years' loss of rent
           during the period covered by the insurance (such costs to include any
           reasonable costs incurred in valuing the Building and demised 
           premises for the purpose of assessing the amount for which they 
           should be insured)

     2.5   the sums referred to in clause 3.2

     2.6   a service charge calculated and paid in accordance with the 
           provisions of the Fifth Schedule hereto

3.   THE TENANT'S COVENANTS

     The Tenant HEREBY COVENANTS with the Landlord as follows:

     3.1   Rent
           (a)  to pay the rents hereinbefore reserved at the time and in the
                manner aforesaid without any deduction or set-off

           (b)  if any rent or further rent or other payment hereby reserved or
                made payable hereunder or any part thereof is unpaid fourteen
                days after the same becomes due under the provisions herein
                contained (notwithstanding such non-payment results from the
                Landlord's reasonable refusal to accept such rent or further 
                rent or other payment by reason of any alleged or actual breach
                of any of the terms of this Lease by the Tenant) to pay by way 
                of further rent (but without prejudice to any right of action or
                remedy of the Landlord for the recovery of the same) interest on
                such sum calculated on a day to day basis at the Prescribed Rate
                from the date when such payment becomes due to the actual date 
                of payment such interest to be payable by the Tenant to the 
                Landlord on demand

                                      -5- 
<PAGE>

     3.2  Outgoings

          to pay all rates taxes duties charges assessments outgoings and
          impositions whatsoever which now are or shall at any time hereafter
          during the term be charged assessed or imposed upon the demised
          premises or any part thereof or upon the owner or occupier thereof and
          without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing words the Tenant
          shall pay and discharge any VAT which might arise in respect of any
          sum which the Tenant may by law or under the provision of this Lease
          be required to pay to the Landlord PROVIDED THAT if any of such rates
          or taxes and other outgoings as aforesaid are or at any time during
          the term shall be charged assessed or imposed in respect of the
          demised premises in common with other premises and not separately the
          Tenant will on demand pay to the Landlord a due proportion thereof
          calculated on a pro rata basis on the ratio of the floor area of the
          demised premises to the lettable floor area assessed to be determined
          by the Landlord's Surveyor (whose reasonable decision shall be binding
          on the Tenant) and to be recoverable as rent in arrears

     3.3  Repair

          (a)  to keep the demised premises in good and substantial repair and
               condition (except damage caused by any of the insured risks to
               the extent that the Landlord is entitled and able to recover the
               cost of making good such damage from its insurers)

          (b)  to keep in good working order and to renew as often as may be
               necessary all dock levellers boilers refrigeration and air
               handling equipment compressors refrigerant smoke detectors fire
               alarms and fire fighting equipment lightning protectors heating
               and lighting systems ventilators (in each case if any) and other
               plant or machinery installed in the demised premises from time to
               time and to cause each of those items to be inspected and
               overhauled by some competent person as often as shall be
               reasonably necessary

          (c)  to give notice in writing to the Landlord of any relevant defect
               in or affecting the demised premises within the meaning of the
               Defective Premises Act 1972 immediately the same comes to the
               notice of the Tenant or any agent of or servant of the Tenant

                                     -6- 
<PAGE>

     3.4  External Decoration

          as often as may be necessary but not less often than in every third
          year of the term and also during the last year thereof (however the
          same may be determined) but in any event not more than once in any
          twelve month period to paint in a proper and workmanlike manner with
          two coats of good quality paint all outside parts of the demised
          premises previously or usually painted or which ought to be painted
          and with every such outside painting to polish all outside parts of
          the woodwork usually polished and to wash down and to restore paint
          make good or otherwise treat as may be appropriate any outside
          finishes and generally to carry out all such works with good and 
          proper materials and in accordance with proper standards of
          workmanship all colours and styles of decoration to be previously
          approved in writing by the Landlord (such approval not to be
          unreasonably withheld or delayed)

     3.5  Internal Decoration

          as often as may be necessary but not less often than in every fifth
          year during the term and also during the last year thereof (howsoever
          the same may be determined) to paint with two coats at least of good
          quality paint and well and sufficiently to grain varnish paper plaster
          whiten distemper or otherwise treat as appropriate all the interior
          parts of the demised premises as were previously or are usually or
          ought to be grained varnished papered whitened distempered or
          otherwise treated and generally to redecorate restore and make good
          the demised premises and to carry out all such works with good and
          proper materials in accordance with proper standards of workmanship
          all colours and styles of decorations to be previously approved in
          writing by the Landlord such approval not to be unreasonably withheld
          or delayed

     3.6  Permit Landlord to View

          to permit the Landlord and its Agents at all reasonable times
          convenient to the Tenant during the term with or without all necessary
          workmen on giving reasonable notice (except in case of emergency) to
          the Tenant to enter upon the demised premises to view the state of
          repair and condition thereof and to take a schedule of the Landlord's
          fixtures and of any dilapidations and to inspect the same for the
          purpose of assessing the sum for which they should be insured and to
          exercise the rights herein reserved

                                      -7- 
<PAGE>

     3.7  Notice to Repair

          well and substantially to commence to repair and proceed with all due
          diligence to make good all defects and wants of reparation of which
          notice in writing shall be served upon the Tenant by the Landlord
          pursuant to clause 7.2 hereof and for which the Tenant is liable
          hereunder within one calendar month after the giving of such notice or
          forthwith in the case of emergency and if the Tenant fails to comply
          with any such notice it shall be lawful (but not obligatory) for the
          Landlord (but without prejudice to the right of re-entry hereinafter
          contained) to enter upon the demised premises to make good the same at
          the cost of the Tenant which reasonable cost shall be repaid by the
          Tenant to the Landlord within 14 days of demand together with all
          reasonable professional charges and other expenses which may be
          incurred by the Landlord in connection therewith together with
          interest thereon in each case from the date of payment by the Landlord
          at the Prescribed Rate

     3.8  Entry to View

          at all times convenient to the Tenant during the term hereby granted
          and upon reasonable notice in the event of the Landlord wishing to
          sell lease or otherwise deal with its estate in the demised premises
          to permit persons with written authority from the Landlord or its
          Agents at reasonable times of the day to view the demised premises and
          during the six months immediately preceding the termination of the
          term hereby granted (however determined) to permit the Landlord to
          affix and retain without interference upon the demised premises
          (without interference to the windows or any signs on the demised
          premises) a notice for sale of or re-letting the same

     3.9  Not to vitiate insurance

          (a)  not to bring or permit to be brought into the demised premises or
               to place or store or permit to be placed or stored or to remain
               in or about the demised premises any article or thing which is or
               may become dangerous or offensive and not to carry on or do or
               permit to be carried on or done thereon any hazardous trade or
               act in consequence of which the Landlord's insurance would or
               might be vitiated or prejudiced and not without the written
               consent of the Landlord which shall not be unreasonably withheld
               to do or allow to be done anything whereby any 



                                    -8-

<PAGE>

               additional premium may become payable in respect of any adjoining
               or neighbouring property of the Landlord and to indemnify and 
               keep the Landlord indemnified against any such additional premium

          (b)  not to do or suffer to be done any act matter or thing whatsoever
               whereby the insurance effected by the Landlord in pursuant of its
               obligations hereunder shall be void or voidable

          (c)  to comply with all requirements of the insurers made under such
               insurance

          (d)  not to effect any separate insurance of the demised premises
               against loss or damage by any of the insured risks to the intent
               that all insurances against such loss or damage as aforesaid
               shall be effected only by the Landlord in accordance with its
               covenants under this Lease

          (e)  in the event of the demised premises or any adjoining or
               neighbouring premises of the Landlord or any part thereof being
               destroyed or damaged by any insured risk and the insurance monies
               under any insurance against the same effected thereon by the
               Landlord being wholly or partially irrecoverable by reason solely
               or in part of any act or default of the Tenant or the Tenant's
               servants or agents then in every such case the Tenant will within
               14 days of demand pay to the Landlord the whole or (as the case
               may require) the irrecoverable proportion of the cost (including
               reasonable and proper professional and other fees) of completely
               making good such destruction or damage to the Landlord's
               reasonable satisfaction

    3.10  Not to overload demised premises

          not to place or keep or permit to be placed or kept in the demised
          premises any heavy articles in such position or in such quantity or
          weight or otherwise in such manner howsoever as to overload or cause
          damage to or to be in the reasonable opinion of the Landlord likely to
          overload or cause damage to the demised premises

    3.11  Not to cause nuisance

          (a)  not to carry on or use or permit the demised premises to be used
               for any noisy offensive or 



                                    -9-

<PAGE>

               dangerous trade manufacture business or occupation or for any 
               illegal or immoral purpose nor to do or suffer to be done on the
               demised premises any act matter or thing whatsoever which in the
               proper opinion of the Landlord may be or tend to become an 
               annoyance nuisance damage disturbance or inconvenience or to the
               prejudice of the Landlord or of the owners or occupiers of any
               adjoining or neighbouring premises or any of them

          (b)  not to use or suffer the demised premises or any part thereof to
               be used for residential purposes

    3.12  Not to prejudice Landlord's tax allowance

          not to use the demised premises for any use which would prejudice the
          entitlement of the Landlord to receive a tax allowance in respect of
          the construction costs of the demised premises under the provisions of
          the Capital Allowances Act 1990 or any modification or re-enactment
          thereof for the time being in force

    3.13  Permitted Use

          not to use or permit the demised premises to be used otherwise than as
          for a use falling within Class B(1) or Class B(8) of the Town and
          Country Planning (Use Classes) Order 1987 and ancillary offices

    3.14  Not to permit sale by auction

          not to permit any sale by auction on the demised premises

    3.15  Not to make alterations

          (a)  not to alter cut maim injure or remove any of the principal or
               load bearing walls floors beams or columns of the demised
               premises nor to make any other alterations or additions of a
               structural nature to the demised premises

          (b)  not to merge the demised premises with any adjoining premises nor
               to erect any new building or erection on the demised premises

          (c)  not to make or permit to suffer to be made any alteration or
               additions (whether structural or non-structural) to the exterior
               of the demised premises



                                   -10-

<PAGE>

          (d)  not to make or permit or suffer to be made any internal
               alterations or additions of a structural or non-structural nature
               to the demised premises save with the consent in writing of the
               Landlord (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or
               delayed) provided always that the Landlord may as a condition of
               giving any such consent require the Tenant to enter into such
               covenants with the Landlord as the Landlord may reasonably
               require as regards the execution of any such works and the
               reinstatement of the demised premises at the end or sooner
               determination of the term

          (e)  not without the Landlord's prior written consent (such consent
               not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) at any time during
               the term to make any alterations or additions to the electrical
               installations of the demised premises save in accordance with the
               terms and conditions laid down by the Institution of Electrical
               Engineers and the regulations of the Electricity Supply Authority

          (f)  In the event of the Tenant failing to observe these covenants it
               shall be lawful for the Landlord and its agents or surveyors with
               or without workmen and others and all person authorised by the
               Landlord with all necessary materials and appliances to enter
               upon the demised premises and remove any alterations or additions
               and execute such works as may be necessary to restore the demised
               premises to their former state and the costs and expenses thereof
               (including surveyors' and other reasonable and proper
               professional fees) shall be paid by the Tenant to the Landlord
               within 14 days of demand

    3.16  Not to create easements

          not knowingly by building or otherwise to stop up or darken any window
          or light in the demised premises nor knowingly to stop up or obstruct
          any access of light enjoyed to any premises the estate or interest
          whereof in possession or reversion now is or hereafter may be in the
          Landlord or in any person in trust for the Landlord nor to permit any
          new wayleave easement privilege or encroachment to be made or acquired
          into or against or upon the demised premises and in case any such
          wayleave easement right privilege or encroachment shall be made or
          attempted to be made to give notice 



                                   -11-

<PAGE>

          thereof to the Landlord as soon as the same shall come to the notice
          of the Tenant and permit the Landlord and its Agents to enter upon 
          the demised premises for the purpose of ascertaining the nature of
          any such wayleave easement right privilege or encroachment and at the
          request and cost of the Landlord to adopt such means as may be 
          reasonably required or deemed proper for preventing any such 
          encroachment or the acquisition of any such wayleave easement right
          or privilege

    3.17  Not to give acknowledgements

          to use the reasonable endeavours of the Tenant to prevent any easement
          or right belonging to or used with the demised premises from being
          obstructed or lost and not knowingly or negligently to do anything
          whereby any encroachment or easement may be made or acquired on
          against or over the demised premises or any part thereof except with
          the consent or by the direction of the Landlord and in case any
          encroachment or easement shall be made or acquired or attempted to be
          made or acquired or in case any notice under the Rights of Light Act
          1959 shall be registered against the demised premises or any structure
          which might affect the light or air to the windows or apertures of the
          demised premises is erected or attempted to be erected to give notice
          thereof to the Landlord as soon as the same shall come to the notice
          of the Tenant and to permit the Landlord to bring such proceedings as
          it may think fit in the name of and at the cost of the Tenant or to
          adopt such other means as the Landlord deems to be reasonably required
          or proper for preventing any such encroachment or the acquisition of
          any such easement or obtaining the removal of such notice or structure
          as the case may be 

    3.18  Alienation

          (a)  subject as hereinafter mentioned not to assign nor charge any
               part of the demised premises (as distinct from the whole) nor
               share possession or occupation of the whole or any part of the
               demised premises provided that the Tenant may share the
               occupation of the whole or any part of the demised premises with
               a company which is a member of the same group as the Tenant
               (within the meaning of S.42 of the Landlord and Tenant Act 1954)
               so long as both companies shall remain members of that group and
               so long as no legal estate is created



                                   -12-

<PAGE>

          (b)  not to hold on trust the demised premises or any part thereof
               (except in the case of joint tenants beneficially entitled)

          (c)  not to underlet any part of the demised premises (as distinct
               from the whole) nor to assign underlet charge or part with
               possession or occupation of the whole of the demised premises
               unless each of the following conditions are fulfilled:

               (i)   the transaction (other than a charge) is effected by way of
                      legal assignment or underletting;

               (ii)  in the case of an assignment the proposed assignee enters
                     into a direct covenant with the Landlord to perform and
                     observe the Tenant's covenants contained in this Lease
                     (including this sub-clause) during the residue of the term;

               (iii) in the case of an underletting the proposed undertenant
                     enters into a direct covenant with the Landlord to
                     perform and observe the Tenant's covenants contained in
                     this Lease (except the covenant to pay the rent
                     reserved by this Lease but including this sub-clause)
                     during the term created by the Underlease;

               (iv)  if the proposed assignee or undertenant is a private 
                     limited liability company and if the Landlord shall 
                     reasonably so require a guarantor or guarantors of suitable
                     standing shall stand surety for the performance of its 
                     obligations to the Landlord and enter into such covenant 
                     with the Landlord as the Landlord reasonably requires;

               (v)   in the case of an underletting the rent reserved by the
                     Underlease is not less than that proportion of the rent
                     payable under this Lease at the date of execution of the
                     Underlease or the full market rack rental value of the
                     demised premises (obtainable without taking a fine or
                     premium) at that date (whichever is the higher) as the 
                     Gross Internal Area (as defined in the RICS Code of 
                     Measuring Practice) of the premises comprised in 



                                   -13-

<PAGE>

                      the proposed Underlease bears to the Gross Internal Area
                      (defined as aforesaid) of the Building

               (vi)   in the case of an underletting the Underlease contains a
                      covenant on the part of the Undertenant in the terms of 
                      this sub-clause and is otherwise in a form approved by the
                      Landlord (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld)

               (vii)  in the case of an underletting of part the Tenant and
                      the proposed undertenant (if required by the Landlord)
                      have obtained an order of the Court authorising them to
                      enter into an agreement excluding the provisions of
                      Sections 24 to 28 of the Landlord and Tenant Act 1954
                      in relation to the proposed Underlease and have entered
                      into such an agreement;

               (viii) the Landlord has consented in writing to the proposed
                      transaction (such consent not to be unreasonably
                      withheld or delayed)

               (ix)   in the case of an underletting of part only of the demised
                      premises the provision of sub-paragraph 3.18(d) are 
                      complied with

               (x)    the case of an underletting of part only of the demised
                      premises the Underlease contains provisions enabling the
                      superior landlord (being the Landlord hereunder) to call
                      upon the Landlord under the Underlease (being the Tenant
                      hereunder) to validly terminate the Underlease on the same
                      date as is referred to in Clause 6.9 hereof in the event 
                      of the Tenant hereunder exercising its rights under 
                      clause 6.9 hereof

          (d)  additional provisions relating to an underletting of part only of
               the demised premises are:

               (i)   any such underlease shall comprise one or more Units and 



                                   -14-

<PAGE>

               (ii)  the total number of such underleases which may subsist at
                     any one time during the term shall not exceed three and

               (iii) any such underlease shall contain provisions enabling
                     the Tenant (as lessor) to recover from the undertenant
                     a due proportion of the rent payable by the Tenant
                     hereunder in respect of the insurance of the demised
                     premises and of the cost to the Tenant of repairing
                     decorating and operating the demised premises and

               (iv)  any such underlease shall preclude further underletting of
                     all or part of the underlet premises

               (v)   not without the consent in writing of the Landlord such
                     consent not to be unreasonably withheld to waive or vary 
                     any of the terms or conditions contained in an approved
                     Underlease but to enforce the same as often as the occasion
                     shall arise

               (vi)  within one month after any assignment underletting
                     devolution or disposition of the demised premises to give
                     notice thereof to the Landlord and to supply the Landlord
                     with a copy of the instrument which effects or evidences 
                     the same and to apply to the Landlord's Solicitors for  
                     the time being a reasonable fee (not less than L25.00) for
                     registering the same

    3.19  To enforce undertenant's covenants

          (a)  to enforce or procure the enforcement or compliance with the
               covenants on the part of the Tenant contained in any Underlease
               whether granted mediately or immediately out of this Lease and in
               particular to ensure by all proper means the punctual payment of
               rents and other sums due thereunder

          (b)  Not to agree or consent to the variation of any such Underlease
               in any manner whatsoever without the prior written consent of the
               Landlord

    3.20  Not to form rubbish heap



                                   -15-

<PAGE>

          not to form any dump or rubbish or scrap heap on the demised premises
          and to keep such part of the land forming part of the demised premises
          as is from time to time undeveloped and the grass and any trees shrubs
          and hedges in proper and neat order and condition and clean and tidy
          and free from weeds deposits of materials or refuse and not to bring
          or keep or suffer to be brought or kept on the demised premises
          anything which in the reasonable opinion of the Landlord is or may
          become unclean unsightly or detrimental to the demised premises and to
          keep clean the windows and window frames of the demised premises and
          in particular not to store any goods equipment plant machinery
          supplies waste or refuse outside the buildings comprised in the
          demised premises

    3.21  To pay costs of notices etc.

          (a)  to pay all reasonable costs and expenses including (but without
               prejudice to the generality of the foregoing) reasonable
               solicitors' costs and surveyors' fees properly incurred by the
               Landlord in respect of and incidental to the preparation and
               service of any notice under Section 146 of the Law of Property
               Act 1925 and/or Section 147 of that Act or any statutory
               modification or re-enactment thereof notwithstanding in any such
               case that forfeiture may be avoided otherwise than by relief
               granted by the Court

          (b)  to pay all reasonable costs and expenses including (but without
               prejudice to the generality of the foregoing) reasonable
               solicitors' costs and surveyors' fees properly incurred by the
               Landlord in respect of and incidental to the preparation and
               service of any notice and/or schedule relating to any breach or
               alleged breach by the Tenant of any of its obligations hereunder
               and whether or not the same is served during or within six months
               after the expiration or sooner determination of the term
               (howsoever the same may be determined)

          (c)  to pay all reasonable costs and expenses including (without
               prejudice to the generality of the foregoing) reasonable
               solicitors' costs and surveyors' fees properly incurred in
               respect of or incidental to any action reasonably taken by or on
               behalf of the Landlord in order to prevent or procure the
               remedying of any breach or non-performance of any of the
               covenants 

                                     -16-

<PAGE>

               conditions or agreements herein or in any underlease
               contained and on the part of the lessee to be observed and
               performed

          (d)  to pay all the reasonable and proper costs and expenses of any
               distress properly levied upon the demised premises

          (e)  to pay the Landlord's reasonable and proper legal expenses and
               surveyors' fees on all licences and consents by the Landlord and
               the duplicate copies thereof resulting from any application
               therefor by the Tenant under the provisions hereof including all
               reasonable charges fees and disbursements actually incurred in
               any case where consent is refused or the application is withdrawn

    3.22  Statutory Works

          to execute all such works and maintain all arrangements as are or may
          be required or directed to be executed on the demised premises under
          or in pursuance of any Act of Parliament so far as may be applicable
          to the demised premises or their use (including but without prejudice
          to the generality of the foregoing the Offices, Shops and Railway
          Premises Act 1963 the Factories Act 1961 and the Health and Safety at
          Work etc. Act 1974) already or hereafter to be passed whether by the
          owner and/or the Landlord and/or the tenant thereof and at all times
          during the term to conform in all respects with the provisions of any
          Act of Parliament and any instrument regulation order or direction
          made or issued under any Act of Parliament or deriving validity
          therefrom and to comply with any notices which may be served by any
          competent authority and not to do or permit to be done on the demised
          premises any act or thing whereby the Landlord may become liable to
          pay any penalty imposed or to bear the whole or any part of the
          expenses incurred under the Act instrument regulation order or
          direction as aforesaid

    3.23  Notices of Competent Authorities

          to give full particulars to the Landlord of any notice direction or
          order or of any proposal therefor made given or issued to the Tenant
          by any local or public authority within seven days of the receipt of
          the same and if so required by the Landlord to produce the same to the
          Landlord and without delay to take all necessary steps at the expense
          of the Tenant in so far as the 

                                     -17-

<PAGE>

          same falls within the Tenant's obligations hereunder to comply 
          with such notice direction or order and at the request of the 
          Landlord (but at the expense of the Tenant) to make or join with 
          the Landlord in making such objection or representation against 
          or in respect of any proposal for such notice direction or order 
          as the Landlord shall reasonably deem expedient

    3.24  Planning Acts

          in relation to the Planning Acts:-

          (a)  at all times during the term to comply in all respects with the
               Planning Acts and to indemnify the Landlord against any claims
               costs demands expenses or penalties in respect of any breach
               thereof by the Tenant

          (b)  during the term so often as occasion shall require at the expense
               in all respects of the Tenant to obtain all permissions licences
               consents and approvals as may be required for the carrying out by
               the Tenant of any operations on the demised premises or for the
               institution or continuance or renewal by the Tenant of any use
               thereof which may constitute development or any step related
               thereto within the meaning of the Planning Acts but so that the
               Tenant shall not make any application for planning permission or
               give notice to any authority of an intention to commence or to
               carry out any development or any step related thereto without the
               previous written consent of the Landlord and so that the Tenant
               shall (if and insofar as it is lawful for the parties hereto to
               make such arrangements) indemnify the Landlord against all
               charges payable in respect of any such application and shall also
               pay to the Landlord a reasonable sum in respect of all
               professional fees and expenses incurred by the Landlord in
               connection therewith and the Tenant shall forthwith after the
               grant or refusal of such application give to the Landlord full
               particulars in writing thereof and (free of cost to the Landlord)
               supply a copy thereof for the retention of the Landlord

          (c)  not to implement any planning permission licence consent or
               approval until the same has been submitted to and approved in
               writing by the Landlord

                                     -18-

<PAGE>

          (d)  unless the Landlord shall otherwise direct to carry out before
               the expiration or sooner determination of the term (however the
               same may be determined) any works stipulated to be carried out to
               the demised premises by a date subsequent to such expiration or
               sooner determination as a condition of any planning permission
               which may have been granted to Tenant

          (e)  if called upon so to do produce to the Landlord all plans
               documents and other evidence as the Landlord may reasonably
               require in order to satisfy itself that the provisions of this
               sub-clause have been complied with

          (f)  without prejudice to any other of the provisions of this Lease
               not to carry out or apply for planning permission to carry out
               any development or change of use which may result in a charge to
               tax or increased charge to tax on the Landlord

          (g)  nothing in this Lease contained or implied shall be taken to be a
               warranty or representation that the demised premises or any part
               thereof may be lawfully used in accordance with the Planning Acts
               or otherwise be used for the purpose herein authorised and the
               Tenant hereby acknowledges and admits that neither the Landlord
               nor anyone on its behalf has given or made at any time any
               warranty or representation that such use is or will be or will
               remain a permitted use under the Planning Acts or otherwise

    3.25  To notify Landlord of adverse occurrence

          upon the happening of any occurrence which may be capable of adversely
          affecting the Landlord's interest in the demised premises the Tenant
          shall forthwith at the Tenant's own expense give full particulars
          thereof to the Landlord

    3.26  To take proceedings against undertenants

          in the event of a breach non-performance or non-observance of any of
          the covenants conditions agreements and provisions contained or
          referred to in this Lease by any underlessee or other person holding
          the demised premises as underlessee or licensee of the Tenant
          forthwith upon discovering the same to take and institute at the
          Tenant's own expense all necessary steps and proceedings to remedy
          such breach non-performance or non-observance

                                     -19-

<PAGE>

    3.27  Advertisements and signs

          not to paint write place affix attach or exhibit any figure or letter
          or any pole flag signboard advertisement inscription bill placard or
          sign whatsoever upon the exterior or visible from the exterior of the
          demised premises excepting such reasonable name-board or sign giving
          the Tenant's name and nature of business such board or sign to be of a
          size and in a position to be approved by the Landlord such approval
          not to be unreasonbly withheld or delayed

    3.28  Not to obstruct roads

          not to permit any vehicles to park on the Access Road nor to permit
          any packing cases goods or materials to be unpacked or deposited
          outside the Building and not to obstruct the Access Road or any other
          roadways or otherwise cause obstruction or annoyance to the Landlord
          or to the tenants or occupiers of any adjoining or neighbouring
          premises and to observe such regulations as shall be made with regard
          to the Access Road

    3.29  Not to block sewers

          not to deposit or permit the escape of any trade effluent into the
          sewers serving the demised premises nor to deposit nor to permit the
          escape of trade effluent or other deleterious or noxious material into
          the surface water drains serving the demised premises

    3.30  Plumbing facilities

          (a)  not to use the plumbing facilities for any purpose other than
               that for which they are constructed and not to place any foreign
               substance therein

          (b)  to keep clean and unobstructed all ventilators or other ducts in
               the demised premises

          (c)  in relation to plumbing facilities to keep the demised premises
               at a temperature sufficiently high to prevent freezing of water
               in pipes and fixtures

    3.31  Services

          not to interfere with or otherwise cause access to any pipes wires
          cables drains sewers watercourses conduits or subways which now are or
          may in the perpetuity 

                                     -20-

<PAGE>

          period be under in or through the demised premises to be or 
          become more difficult than the same now is

    3.32  Machinery

          not to install or suffer to be installed any machinery upon the
          demised premises or any part thereof which shall be unduly noisy or
          cause dangerous vibrations or be a nuisance to the Landlord or the
          owners or lessees or occupiers of any adjoining or neighbouring
          premises

    3.33  Support

          not to do anything or suffer anything to be done on the demised
          premises which would remove support from any adjoining land buildings
          or structures or endanger such land buildings or structures in any way
          whatsoever

    3.34  To Yield Up

          at the expiration or sooner determination of the term (howsoever the
          same may be determined) quietly to yield up unto the Landlord the
          demised premises in such good and substantial repair and condition as
          shall be in accordance with the covenants on the part of the Tenant
          herein contained together with all fixtures and fittings improvements
          and additions which now are or may at any time hereafter be in or
          about the demised premises (but excepting Tenant's fixtures and
          fittings) and in case any of the Landlord's fixtures and fittings
          shall be missing broken damaged or destroyed forthwith to replace them
          with others of a similar quality and character and to remove every
          moulding sign writing or painting from the demised premises and to
          make good all damage caused to the demised premises by the removal of
          the Tenant's fixtures and fittings furniture and effects

    3.35  Indemnities

          so far as the same relate to or affect the demised premises (but not
          further or otherwise) to observe and perform any agreements covenants
          and stipulations contained or referred to in the Fourth Schedule
          hereto or contained or referred to in any documents referred to in the
          Fourth Schedule hereto and to keep the Landlord indemnified against
          all actions proceedings costs claims and demands in any way relating
          thereto

    3.36  VAT

                                     -21-

<PAGE>

          (a)  To pay to the Landlord any VAT chargeable in respect of any
               supplies made by the Landlord to the Tenant hereunder

          (b)  Where the Tenant is liable hereunder to reimburse the Landlord in
               respect of any costs incurred by the Landlord the Tenant shall
               also reimburse any VAT on such costs save to the extent that the
               VAT is recoverable by the Landlord from HM Customs & Excise

          (c)  Where such reimbursement shall be regarded by HM Customs & Excise
               as consideration for supplies by the Landlord to the Tenant the
               Tenant shall pay to the Landlord any VAT chargeable by the
               Landlord on any such supplies

          (d)  Any rent or other consideration payable in respect of any supply
               or supplies by the Landlord to the Tenant shall be deemed to be
               exclusive of VAT which shall be added where appropriate to such
               rent or other consideration at the appropriate rate

4.  LANDLORD'S COVENANTS

    The Landlord HEREBY COVENANTS with the Tenant (to the intent to bind itself
    and its successors in title the persons for the time being entitled to the
    reversion expectant on the determination of the term but not to bind itself
    after it shall have parted with all its estate and interest in the demised
    premises or to incur further liability thereafter) as follows:-

    4.1   Quiet Enjoyment

          that the Tenant paying the rent hereby reserved and performing and
          observing the several covenants conditions and agreements herein
          contained and on its part to be performed and observed shall and may
          peaceably hold and enjoy the demised premises during the term without
          any lawful interruption by the Landlord or any person rightfully
          claiming through under or in trust for it

    4.2   To Insure

          (a) to keep the demised premises insured against damage or
              destruction by:-

              (aa) the insured risks in a sum which represents the full
                   reinstatement value 

                                    -22-

<PAGE>

                   of the Building and other structures on the demised
                   premises including:

                   (i)   the cost of site clearance

                   (ii)  all architects' surveyors' and other professional fees
                         and incidental expenses in connection with rebuilding
                         and reinstating the demised premises

                   (iii) three years' loss of rent insurance

                   (iv)  VAT on those amounts in the extent applicable and to
                         the extent that the Landlord may not be able to recover
                         VAT from HM Customs & Excise

                   (v)   VAT which may become payable by the Landlord in respect
                         of any self supply under paragraph 6 of Schedule 6A of
                         the Value Added Tax Act 1983 to the extent that the
                         Landlord may not be able to recover that VAT from HM
                         Customs & Excise

              (bb) third party and public liability insurance

              (cc) insurance against liability under the Defective Premises Act
                   1972 (and any other legislation against which the Landlord
                   reasonably requires insurance)

          (b) if the demised premises are destroyed or damaged by the insured
              risks then the Landlord will use its reasonable endeavours to
              obtain all necessary consents required to reinstate the demised
              premises and if these are obtained the Landlord will apply the
              insurance monies received in respect of reinstating the demised
              premises with all reasonable speed

          (c) the demised premises need not be reinstated to the same state
              appearance or layout as before provided that following any
              reinstatement the Building shall be of substantially the same
              size as before and shall enjoy substantially the same rights as
              before

                                     -23-

<PAGE>

           (d)  whilst the Landlord shall be obliged to insure under sub-clause
                4.2(a) the Landlord shall not be liable to the Tenant and
                its undertenants to the extent that:-

                (i)  insurance is not available with a reputable insurance
                     company or

                (ii) excess exclusion or limitation imposed by insurers applies
                     or

                (iii) any insurance policies in respect of the demised
                      premises have become void or voidable by reason of any
                      act neglect or default of the Tenant or any undertenant
                      or any servant agent licensee or invitee of any of them

5.   CESSER OF RENT

     In case the demised premises or any part thereof or the means of access
     thereto shall at any time be destroyed or damaged by any of the insured
     risks so as to be unfit for occupation and use then (unless the insurance
     of the demised premises shall have been forfeited or vitiated by the act or
     default of the Tenant or any of the Tenant's servants or agents tenants or
     licensees or if the monies payable under such insurance policy in respect
     of loss of rent shall not be paid to the Landlord by reason of any act or
     default of the Tenant its servants agents or licensees) all the rents sums
     and service charge referred to in the reddendum to clause 2 hereof hereby
     reserved or a fair and just proportion thereof according to the nature and
     extent of the damage sustained shall cease to be payable by the Tenant for
     a period from the date of such destruction or damage as aforesaid until the
     demised premises shall have been rebuilt and reinstated and made fit for
     occupation or use   Any dispute concerning this Clause shall be determined
     by a single Arbitrator in accordance with the Arbitration Acts 1950-1979 or
     any statutory enactment in that behalf for the time being in force

6.   PROVISOS

     6.1  Re-entry

          Without prejudice to any other right and remedy or power herein
          contained or otherwise available to the Landlord:

          (a)  if the rents hereby reserved other than the additional rent shall
               be unpaid for twenty-one

                                     -24-

<PAGE>

               (21) days after becoming payable whether formally demanded or
               not; or

          (b)  if any of the covenants on the part of the Tenant contained in
               this Lease [(other than the covenant to pay the additional rent)]
               shall not be performed and observed; or

          (c)  if the Tenant (being a body corporate) has a winding-up order or
               an administration order made against it or passes a winding - up
               resolution (other than for the purposes of an amalgamation or
               reconstruction resulting in a solvent corporation) or resolves to
               present its own winding-up petition or is wound up (whether in
               England or elsewhere) or the directors of the Tenant resolve to
               present a petition for an administration order in respect of the
               Tenant, (or an Administrative Receiver or a Receiver or a
               Receiver and Manager is appointed in respect of the property or
               any part thereof of the Tenant); or

          (d)  the Tenant (being a body corporate) calls a meeting of its
               creditors or any of them makes an application to the Court under
               Section 425 of the Companies Act 1985 or submits to its creditors
               or any of them a proposal pursuant to Section 1 of the Insolvency
               Act 1980 or enters in any arrangement scheme compromise
               moratorium or composition with its creditors or any of them
               suffers any distress or execution to be levied on the demised
               premises where such distress or execution is not lifted or paid
               out within 21 days; or

          (e)  if the Tenant (being an individual) or if more than one
               individual then any one of them notifies the Official Receiver or
               makes an application to the Court pursuant to Section 253 of the
               Insolvency Act 1986 or convenes a meeting of his creditors or any
               of them enters into any arrangement scheme compromise moratorium
               or composition with his creditors or any of them (whether
               pursuant to Part VIII of the Insolvency Act 1986 or otherwise) or
               has a bankruptcy petition presented against him or is adjudged
               bankrupt or suffers any distress or execution to be levied on the
               demised premises

          THEN it shall be lawful for the Landlord or any person duly authorised
          by the Landlord in that behalf at any 

                                     -25-

<PAGE>

          time thereafter to re-enter the demised premises or any part 
          thereof in the name of the whole and thereupon this demise shall 
          absolutely cease and determine but without prejudice to any right 
          of action or remedy of the Landlord in respect of any antecedent 
          breach of any of the covenants on the part of the Tenant 
          contained in this Lease

     6.2  Service of Notices

          that any notice certificate demand or payment requiring to be served
          upon or given to the Tenant shall be well and sufficiently served or
          given if sent by the Landlord or its Agents through the First Class
          post by pre-paid letter addressed to the Tenant at its last known
          address or addressed to the Tenant at the demised premises and any
          notice required to be given to the Landlord shall be well and
          sufficiently given if sent by the Tenant by registered post addressed
          to the Landlord at its registered office or if sent as aforesaid
          addressed to any Agent from time to time authorised by the Landlord to
          receive the rent payable hereunder and any demand or notice sent by
          post in either case shall be deemed to have been delivered in the
          usual course of registered post

     6.3  Removal of Tenant's Property

          that if at such time as the Tenant has vacated the demised premises
          after the determination of the term either by effluxion of time or
          otherwise any property of the Tenant shall remain in or upon the
          demised premises and the Tenant shall fail to remove the same within
          seven days after being requested by the Landlord so to do by notice in
          that behalf then in such case the Landlord may as the Agent of the
          Tenant (and the Landlord is hereby appointed by the Tenant to act in
          that behalf) sell such property and shall then hold the proceeds of
          sale after deducting the costs and expenses of removal storage and
          sale reasonably and properly incurred by it to the order of the Tenant
          provided that the Tenant shall indemnify the Landlord against any
          liability incurred by it to any third party whose property shall have
          been sold by the Landlord in the bona fide mistaken belief (which
          shall be presumed unless the contrary be proved prior to such sale)
          that such property belonged to the Tenant and was liable to be dealt
          with as such pursuant to this Clause

     6.4  Compensation

                                     -26-

<PAGE>

          subject to the provisions of sub-section (2) of Section 38 of the
          Landlord and Tenant Act 1954 neither the Tenant nor any underlessee
          shall be entitled on quitting the demised premises to any compensation
          under Section 37 of the said Act

     6.5  Standard of Work

          any work carried out by the Tenant (whether of repair or otherwise
          shall be carried out to the reasonable satisfaction of the Landlord's
          Surveyor

     6.6  Waiver of Breach

          no acceptance of or demand or receipt for rent by the Landlord after
          knowledge or notice received by the Landlord or its Agents of any
          breach of any of the Tenant's covenants herein contained or implied
          shall operate as a waiver in whole or in part of any such breach or of
          the Landlord's rights of forfeiture or re-entry in respect thereof but
          any such breach shall for all the purposes of this Lease be a
          continuing breach of covenant so long as such breach shall be
          subsisting and no person taking any estate or interest under the
          Tenant shall be entitled to set up any such acceptance of or demand or
          receipt for rent as a defence in any action or proceedings by the
          Landlord

     6.7  Option to Tax

          Nothing in this Lease shall impose any obligation on the Landlord to
          make or refrain from making any election that the supplies made under
          this Lease shall not be exempt from VAT

     6.8  Receivership

          The Receivers are acting as agents of the Landlord and neither of them
          nor their firm shall have any personal liability under this Lease
          whether arising under the Insolvency Act 1986 or otherwise

     6.9  If the Tenant wishes to determine this Lease at the expiration of the
          third year of the term hereby granted and gives not less than six
          months' notice in writing to the Landlord to that effect and pays all
          rent and substantially performs all the covenants and conditions
          hereinbefore contained and on the Tenant's part to be performed and
          observed up to such determination and in addition pays to the Landlord
          a further sum equivalent to six months' rent hereunder then in such
          case immediately after the expiration of the third year of 

                                     -27-

<PAGE>

          the said term this Lease shall cease and be void but without 
          prejudice to any claim by either party against the other in 
          respect of any antecedent breach of any covenant or condition 
          herein contained

     6.10 If at any time during the first year of the term hereby granted the
          Tenant shall wish to purchase the freehold reversion in the demised
          premises it shall be at liberty to do so in accordance with the
          provisions contained in the Sixth Schedule hereto

7.   SURETY'S COVENANTS

     7.1  The Surety HEREBY COVENANTS with the Landlord that the Tenant will at
          all times during the Term pay the rents and any other monies hereby
          reserved or as subsequently increased under the provisions of Clause 2
          hereof (or as otherwise agreed between the Landlord and the Tenant) on
          the days and in the manner aforesaid and will observe and perform the
          covenants and conditions contained in this Lease and on the part of
          the Tenant to be observed and performed and that if the Tenant shall
          make any default in the payment of the said rents or other monies in
          the manner aforesaid or in observing and performing the said covenants
          and conditions or any of them then and in every such case the Surety
          will forthwith (as principal obligor) pay the said rents and other
          monies and shall perform and observe the said covenants and conditions
          and shall also pay and make good to the Landlord on demand all losses
          damages costs and expenses sustained by the Landlord through default
          of the Tenant in respect of any of the before-mentioned matters
          PROVIDED ALWAYS that notwithstanding:-

          7.1.1     any forbearance of the Landlord to enforce against the
                    Tenant the payment of the said rents or the observance or
                    performance of the Tenant's covenants and conditions or the
                    giving of time by the Landlord to the Tenant in relation
                    thereto

          7.1.2     that the terms of this Lease may have been varied by
                    agreement between the Landlord and the Tenant

          7.1.3     any other act or thing whereby but for this provision the
                    Surety would have been released

          the Surety shall not thereby be discharged from liability under the
          foregoing covenant nor shall such liability be in any way lessened or
          affected thereto

                                     -28-

<PAGE>

     7.2  To accept grant of Lease

          The Surety hereby FURTHER COVENANTS with the Landlord that if the
          Tenant being a company shall go into liquidation and the liquidator
          shall disclaim this Lease or if the Tenant shall be wound up or cease
          to exist (or if the Tenant for the time being being an individual
          shall become bankrupt and the trustee in bankruptcy shall disclaim
          this Lease) and if the Landlord shall within 3 months after
          notification to the Landlord of such disclaimer or other event putting
          an end to the effect of this Lease as aforesaid so far as concerns the
          Tenant by notice in writing require the Surety to enter into a Lease
          of the demised premises as tenant and/or surety for a term
          commensurate with the residue which if there had been no disclaimer or
          if this Lease had continued to have effect as aforesaid would have
          remained of the Term at the same rent and subject to the like
          covenants and conditions as are reserved by and contained in this
          Lease (with the exception of this sub-clause) the said new Lease and
          rights and liabilities therein to take effect as from the date of the
          said disclaimer or of this Lease ceasing to have effect as aforesaid
          then and in such case the Surety shall pay the costs of and the
          relevant Surety shall accept such new Lease accordingly and will
          execute and deliver to the Landlord a counterpart thereof

IN WITNESS whereof this Lease is executed by the parties hereto as a Deed and it
is delivered the day and year first before written

                             THE FIRST SCHEDULE
                   (Particulars of the demised premises)

ALL THAT Land and Buildings situate at and known as Block A Sovereign Park
Brenda Road Hartlepool Cleveland and shown edged red on Plan I

                                     -29-

<PAGE>

                            THE SECOND SCHEDULE
               (Particulars of rights granted to the Tenant)

1.   The right for the Tenant and the occupiers of the demised premises and for
     all other persons coming to or leaving the demised premises in common with
     the Landlord and all others having the like right at all times and for all
     purposes to pass and repass to and from the demised premises along the
     Access Road

2.   The free and uninterrupted right for the Tenant and the occupiers of the
     demised premises of passage and running of water gas electricity foul and
     surface water telecommunications and other services from and to the demised
     premises through all Conduits which now are or may at any time during the
     term be in or under or upon any part of the Estate and serve the demised
     premises

3.   The right to use 56 car parking spaces from time to time allocated to the
     Tenant for the purpose only of the parking of motor cars belonging to the
     Tenant or its employees PROVIDED THAT the position of the parking spaces
     may be varied by the Landlord if it so requires



                                     -30-

<PAGE>

                             THE THIRD SCHEDULE
          (Particulars of reservations and expectations in favour
                              of the Landlord)

1.   Easements rights and privileges in favour of the Landlord and all those
     authorised by the Landlord respectively over along and through the demised
     premises equivalent to those set forth and subject to the conditions
     contained in paragraph 2 of the Second Schedule hereto

2.   The right in favour of the Landlord and all those authorised by the
     Landlord upon reasonable prior written notice to the Tenant (except in
     emergency when no notice need be given) to ente and remain on the demised
     premises with or without tools appliances scaffolding and material for the
     purposes of:

     2.1   installing inspecting repairing renewing reinstalling cleaning
           maintaining or connection up to any Conduits or

     2.2   inspecting cleaning altering repairing maintaining renewing or
           rebuilding the Building or any adjoining or adjacent premises or

     2.3   complying with the Landlord's covenants under this Lease

     the person entering causing as little damage and inconvenience as
     reasonably possible and making good as soon as reasonably practicable at
     such person's expense any damage caused to the demised premises by such
     entry 



                                     -31-

<PAGE>

                            THE FOURTH SCHEDULE
            (Matters to which the demised premises are subject)

The entries contained in the Property and Charges Registers of Title Numbers
CE115944 and CE 101581 (excluding all mortgages and other similar financial
charges) in so far as the same relate to or affect the demised premises





                                     -32-

<PAGE>
                                  THE FIFTH SCHEDULE
                                   (Service Charge)

1.   In this Schedule the following expressions have the following meanings:

     "financial year"            means a period of twelve months ending 31st
                                 December in each year or such other year
                                 ending as the Landlord shall from time to
                                 time designate in writing

     "the Service Costs"         means the total sum computed in accordance
                                 with paragraph 2 below

     "the Specified Proportion"  means a fair proportion as conclusively (save 
                                 as to manifest error) determined by the 
                                 Landlord but which in the absence of special 
                                 circumstances will be substantially the same 
                                 as the proportion which the gross internal area
                                 of the demised premises bears to the aggregate
                                 gross internal areas of all the let or lettable
                                 areas for the time being comprised in the 
                                 Estate

     "the Service Charge"        means the Specified Proportion of the Service
                                 Costs

     "the Expert"                means a professionally qualified surveyor or
                                 accountant (who may be a person employed by
                                 the Landlord or an associated company of the
                                 Landlord)

2.   The items to be included in the Service Costs are insofar as such matters
     are not expressly otherwise provided for in this Lease the following:

     2.1   the costs of and incidental to the installation inspection repair
           maintenance renewal lighting (including the installation of new
           lighting) and cleaning of the Estate (including without prejudice to
           generality all roads car parks loading bays party walls party
           structures party fences walls fences signs 

                                     -33- 
<PAGE>

           stairways paths pavements yards gardens landscaped areas open spaces
           Conduits air conditioning equipment sprinkler systems fire alarms 
           smoke detectors lightning protectors fire fighting equipment hoists
           cradles gantries generators and other plant machinery or equipment 
           in or about the Estate) and  all other things the use of which is 
           common to the demised premises and other premises near or adjoining
           thereto (whether or not under the ownership or control of the 
           Landlord) and including (for the avoidance of doubt) the Access Road

     2.2   the cost of any rates taxes assessments electricity or outgoings of
           any nature whatsoever payable in respect of the Estate by the 
           Landlord

     2.3   the cost of disposing of refuse from the Estate

     2.4   the cost of employing cleaners security staff (with or without dogs)
           gardeners maintenance staff and other staff including uniforms
           national insurance contributions bonuses pensions compensation for
           redundancy and unfair dismissal and (where the Landlord provides
           accommodation for such purposes) an amount equal to the rent payable
           by the Landlord for such accommodation (or if not appropriate an
           amount equal to the rent payable by the Landlord for such
           accommodation (or if not appropriate an amount equal to the rent that
           could be received from a willing tenant on the open market for such
           accommodation) and any rates payable thereon and the cost of any
           repairs thereto

     2.5   the cost of providing a telephone for use by porters cleaners and
           other staff

     2.6   the cost of and incidental to the carrying out by the Landlord of any
           work in or about the Estate in pursuance of any requirement of any 
           Act of Parliament or of any local or public authority

     2.7   the cost of preparing accounts and certificates relating to the
           calculation of the Service Costs or the Service Charge

     2.8   without prejudice to the generality of 2.1 above the cost of the
           maintenance and renewal of displays of plants in any garden lawn or
           landscaped or paved area within the Estate

     2.9   the cost of employing managing agents (save in relation to the
           collection of rent or the letting of any property) in respect of the
           Estate or if the Landlord does not employ managing agents then a fee
           for the 

                                      -34- 
<PAGE>

           Landlord of ten per cent of the total of the foregoing amounts

     2.10  the cost of such other services or works whatsoever as may be 
           provided by the Landlord from time to time which the Landlord 
           considers in its reasonable discretion to be for the benefit of the
           Estate or any part or parts thereof

     2.11  interest on monies borrowed by the Landlord (or other expenditure 
           paid or incurred in connection with such loan) for the purpose of 
           paying any such costs as aforesaid

     2.12  any VAT on any of the above items

3.   The Tenant covenants with the Landlord to pay the Service Charge during the
     term by equal payments in advance at the times at which and in the manner
     in which rent is payable under this Lease the first payment of which shall
     represent a proportion calculated from 30th April 1993 to the next quarter
     day hereafter and which shall be paid on the signing hereof

4.   The Service Charge in respect of any financial year shall be calculated not
     later than the beginning of the financial year in question and in respect
     of the current financial year shall be the sum of Two thousand pounds
     (L2,000) per annum

5.   The Service Costs shall consist of a total sum equal to:

     (a)   the expenditure estimated by the Expert as likely to be incurred by
           the Landlord in the financial year in question in connection with the
           items specified in paragraph 2 hereof together with

     (b)   an appropriate amount as a reserve for or towards each of the items
           specified in paragraph 2 as are likely to give rise to expenditure
           either after the expiry of this Lease or only once during the
           unexpired term thereof or at intervals of more than one year PROVIDED
           THAT where any expenditure is to be incurred on any such item in the
           financial year to which the said estimate relates the expert shall in
           computing the said total give credit for the amount then standing to
           the credit of the reserve in respect of the item in question

6.   As soon as practicable after the end of each financial year the Expert
     shall determine and certify the amount by which the estimate referred to in
     5(a) of this Schedule exceeds or falls short of the actual expenditure
     incurred by the Landlord in respect of the items specified in paragraph 2
     of the financial 

                                      -35- 
<PAGE>

     year in question (giving credit for any amount applied from the reserve in
     payment of items of expenditure incurred during that year) and shall supply
     the Tenant with a copy of the Certificate

7.   Within 21 days of receipt by the Tenant of the said Certificate the Tenant
     shall pay to the Landlord the Specified Proportion of the deficiency or as
     the case may be the Landlord shall give to the Tenant the Specified
     Proportion of the excess

8.   During any period when any part of the Building is not let upon terms that
     the tenant of it is liable to pay a service charge corresponding to the
     Service Charge payable under this Lease the Landlord shall contribute to
     the reserve an amount equal to the total that would have been payable by
     way of such contribution if such part of the Building had been let as
     aforesaid and the said reserve shall be calculated accordingly

9.   Any dispute arising out of the provisions of this clause shall be referred
     to the decision of a single arbitrator to be agreed between the parties
     hereto or in default of agreement to be appointed on the application of
     either party by the President for the time being of the Royal Institution
     of Chartered Surveyors whose decision shall be final but this paragraph
     shall not confer upon the Tenant the right to challenge the amount of the
     total sum computed under paragraph 5(a) of this Schedule save in the case
     of manifest error























                                      -36- 
<PAGE>


                                  THE SIXTH SCHEDULE
                                 (Option to purchase
                               the freehold reversion)

1.   Definitions

     In this Schedule the following expressions (where the context so admits)
     shall have the following meanings:-

     "the Counter-Notice"

     The Counter-Notice referred to in paragraph 2.3 and in the form set out in
     Part II of this Schedule

     "the General Conditions"

     The Standard Conditions of Sale (1st Edition) and "General Condition" shall
     be construed accordingly

     "the Option Notice"

     The notice referred to in paragraph 2.1

     "the Option Period"

     The period commencing on 30th April 1993 and expiring on 29th April 1994

     "the Price"

     The sum of L700,000 exclusive of Value Added Tax (VAT) together with VAT on
     such sum if the Landlord so requires reduced by the equivalent of 50% of
     the rent reserved by Clause 2.3 of this Lease and paid at the date of
     exercise of this Option but increased by the whole amount of such rent due
     but unpaid at the date of exercise of this Option

     "the Property" and/or "the freehold reversion"

     Firstly the Landlord's buildings comprising the demised premises as defined
     in this Lease and edged red on Plan I and secondly the car parking spaces
     shown edged in green on Plan I (irrespective of whether the Landlord has
     exercised its rights under the Proviso to Paragraph 3 of the Second
     Schedule hereto)

2.   Exercise of the Option

     2.1  The option granted shall be exercisable by the Tenant giving to the
          Landlord the Option Notice at any time during the Option Period



                                   -37-

<PAGE>

     2.2  The Option Notice shall be in the same form or to the like effect as
          that set out in paragraph 5 of this Schedule which shall together with
          a duplicate thereof be signed by the Tenant and served on the Landlord

     2.3  The Landlord shall within 7 days of service of the Option Notice and
          the duplicate thereof on the Landlord sign the Counter-Notice endorsed
          on the Option Notice and the duplicate thereof and within such period
          of 7 days serve or cause to be served the Option Notice or the
          duplicate thereof with the Counter-Notice duly signed on the Tenant

     2.4  In respect of service of the Option Notice and the duplicate thereof
          under paragraph 2.2 and of the Counter-Notice under paragraph 2.3 the
          provisions of General Condition 2 shall apply save that there shall be
          substituted for the words "notice served under the contract" the words
          "counter-notice or acknowledgement served under the provisions of this
          Schedule to this Lease"

     2.5  The Landlord irrevocably by the way of security hereby appoints the
          Tenant the attorney of the Landlord for the purposes of signing the
          Counter-Notice in the event that the Landlord shall fail to serve it
          duly signed in accordance with paragraph 2.3 and for this purpose the
          signing by the Tenant of the Counter-Notice endorsed on a further copy
          of the Option Notice duly signed by the Tenant shall be deemed to be
          valid signing of the Counter-Notice by the Tenant as attorney of the
          Landlord and the Landlord hereby confirms that this power of attorney
          hereby conferred on the Tenant is given by way of security to secure
          the proprietary interest of the Tenant in the sale of the freehold
          reversion and the performance of the Landlord's obligations to the
          Tenant under paragraph 2.3 and declares that this power of attorney is
          irrevocable

3.   Contractual Terms

     3.1  Service by the Landlord of the Counter-Notice duly signed or the
          signing of the Counter-Notice by the Tenant as the attorney of the
          Landlord under paragraph 2.5 shall constitute a binding contract for
          the Landlord to sell and the Tenant to purchase the freehold reversion
          on the following terms and conditions:-

          3.1.1  The agreement to convey the freehold reversion shall be
                 subject to the General Conditions so far as the same are
                 applicable to a sale by 



                                   -38-

<PAGE>

                 private treaty and are not varied by or inconsistent with the
                 terms and conditions of this Agreement

          3.1.2  A sum equal to 10% of the Price and on account thereof shall
                 be paid as a deposit forthwith on the exercise of this option
                 to the Landlord's Solicitors as agents for the Landlord (with
                 interest accruing to the Landlord) and the balance thereof 
                 shall be payable on the date fixed for completion

          3.1.3  The Landlord's title is registered with Title Absolute under
                 Title Numbers CE 115944 and CE 101581 and such title shall
                 be deduced in accordance with Section 110 of the Land
                 Registry Act 1925

          3.1.4  The reversion shall be conveyed/transferred subject to and
                 with the benefit of this Lease to the intent that the same
                 shall merge and be extinguished in the reversion

          3.1.5  The Landlord shall within 7 days of completion place the
                 Charge/Land Certificate relating to the demised premises on
                 deposit at H M Land Registry in order to enable the Tenant
                 to register a dealing against the Landlord's Title

     3.2  Completion shall take place on or before 28 days following service of
          the Option Notice

     3.3  The Transfer to the Tenant shall contain such provisions and covenants
          binding on the Tenant and the Surety and their respective successors
          in title so as to bind the Property and each and every part thereof
          and so as to benefit the Landlord and its successors in title and the
          land retained by the Landlord and each and every part thereof as the
          Landlord shall properly require to reflect firstly an ongoing service
          charge commitment equivalent to that contained in this Lease and
          secondly such other matters rights exceptions and reservations which
          the Landlord considers are proper and necessary in the context of a
          transfer of part out of its registered freehold title and/or so as to
          reflect the rights exceptions and reservations contained in this Lease
          The said ongoing service charge commitment shall (at the option of the
          Landlord) be effected by a Rentcharge Deed

4.   Non-merger of covenants



                                   -39-

<PAGE>

     All obligations under the provisions of this Schedule which shall not have
     been performed or fully performed on the completion of the Transfer shall
     not be or be deemed to be merged in or extinguished by the execution of the
     Transfer but shall remain in full force and effect following completion
     thereof


                                    Option Notice

5.   To:            [the Landlord]
     We             [the Tenant] of [               ] hereby 

     (1) refer you to paragraph    of the        Schedule to the Lease ("the
     Lease") dated [                 ] and made between [yourself] and [this
     Company]/[           ] relating to                                   
     as described in the Lease and pursuant to paragraph      of the        
     Schedule to the Lease give you notice exercising the option granted by
     clause       of the Lease

     (2) agree for the purpose of Section 2 of the Law of Property
     (Miscellaneous Provisions) Act 1989 that the terms of clause     and the 
        Schedules to the Lease shall be deemed to be incorporated in this
     document which shall be deemed to comprise this Notice and Counter-Notice
     ("the Counter-Notice") hereinafter set out and that upon the signing by the
     Landlord of the Counter-Notice and the service of this Notice or the
     duplicate thereof on ourselves with the Counter-Notice duly signed the
     contract referred to in paragraph 3 of this Schedule to the Lease shall
     forthwith arise

Dated this                day of                                199

 .............................




                                   -40-

<PAGE>

                                       PART II
                                    Counter-Notice

We, [the Landlord] of [                                 ] hereby:-

(1)  acknowledge that we have received a notice ("the Notice") in the form
     hereinbefore set out

(2)  agree for the purposes of Section 2 of the Law of Property (Miscellaneous
     Provisions) Act 1989 that the terms of clause       and the       
     Schedules to the Lease referred to in the Notice shall be deemed to be
     incorporated in the Notice and this Counter-Notice and that the contract
     referred to in the Notice shall arise upon the service of the Notice or the
     duplicate thereof on which the Counter-Notice is endorsed on the person who
     served the Notice

Dated this                day of                              199

 ................................

THE COMMON SEAL of STARPAK    )
INTERNATIONAL, LTD. was       )
hereunto affixed in the       )
presence of:-                 )



                    President


                            /s/ MICHAEL W. MORGAN
                           -------------------------------------------
                                  Michael W. Morgan

                    Assistant Secretary


                            /s/ E. PRESTON SUMNER JR.
                           -------------------------------------------
                                E. Preston Sumner Jr.


THE COMMON SEAL of STARPAK, INC.
(SURETY) was hereunto fixed in
the presence of:


                    PRESIDENT


                            /s/ MICHAEL W. MORGAN
                           -------------------------------------------
                                  Michael W. Morgan




                                   -41-

<PAGE>

                    ASSISTANT SECRETARY


                            /s/ E. PRESTON SUMNER JR.
                           -------------------------------------------
                                E. Preston Sumner Jr.


     on which the Counter-Notice is endorsed on the person who served 
     the Notice

Dated this                day of                                199


SIGNED as a Deed by EAST MERCIA
DEVELOPMENTS LIMITED (IN RECEIVERSHIP)
acting by David Patrick King,
Joint Receiver


                            /s/ DAVID PATRICK KING
                           -------------------------------------------
                                David Patrick King








                                   -42-


<PAGE>
                                       
                                  EXHIBIT 10.5


                                  StarPak, Inc.
                                 237 22nd Street
                                Greeley, CO  80631



$1,111,844.17                                                  Greeley, Colorado
                                                               December 29, 1995


For value received, the undersigned, StarPak, Inc., a Colorado corporation 
(the "Borrower"), hereby promises to pay on January 31, 1997, to the order of 
General Communications, Inc. (the "Lender"), at its main office in Denver, 
Colorado, in lawful money of the United States of America and in immediately 
available funds, the principal sum of $1,111,844.17, or, if less, the 
aggregate unpaid principal amount of all advances made by the Lender to the 
Borrower hereunder, together with interest on the principal amount hereunder 
remaining unpaid from time to time at the rate in effect under StarPak's line 
of credit loan with Norwest Business Credit, Inc. This Note may be prepaid 
without penalty.

                                       STARPAK, INC.



                                       By: /s/ MICHAEL W. MORGAN
                                       -----------------------------
                                       Michael W. Morgan, President


Handwritten on face of note:

Paid in full 4-22-96
/s/ A E Stephenson Jr


<PAGE>
                                       
                                  EXHIBIT 21.1

                         SUBSIDIARIES OF THE REGISTRANT


<TABLE>
                                                              NAMES UNDER WHICH
     NAME OF                        STATE OF                    SUBSIDIARIES
  SUBSIDIARIES                   INCORPORATION               ARE DOING BUSINESS
- ----------------               -----------------        --------------------------
<S>                            <C>                      <C>
StarPak, Inc.                      Colorado             StarTek Teleservices
                                                        StarTek Technical Services
                                                        StarTek Internet, Inc.
                                                        StarTek

StarPak International, Ltd.        Colorado             StarPak
</TABLE>


<PAGE>

                              EXHIBIT 23.1

           CONSENT OF ERNST & YOUNG LLP, INDEPENDENT AUDITORS


We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption "Experts" and
"Selected Combined Financial Data" and to the use of our report dated
January 24, 1997, in the Registration Statement and related Prospectus of
StarTek, Inc. for the registration of 4,216,667 shares of its common stock.


                                       ERNST & YOUNG LLP

                                       /s/ Ernst & Young LLP


Denver, Colorado
January 29, 1997


<TABLE> <S> <C>

<PAGE>
<ARTICLE> 5
<LEGEND>
THIS SCHEDULE CONTAINS SUMMARY FINANCIAL INFORMATION EXTRACTED FROM THE AUDITED
COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995 AND THE
UNAUDITED COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30,
1996 AND IS QUALIFIED IN ITS ENTIRETY BY REFERENCE TO SUCH FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.
</LEGEND>
       
<S>                             <C>                     <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   YEAR                   9-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          DEC-31-1995             DEC-31-1996
<PERIOD-START>                             JAN-01-1995             JAN-01-1996
<PERIOD-END>                               DEC-31-1995             SEP-30-1996
<CASH>                                         451,456                 451,973
<SECURITIES>                                         0                       0
<RECEIVABLES>                               13,459,651               7,717,815
<ALLOWANCES>                                   197,747                 227,559
<INVENTORY>                                  1,357,843               2,171,204
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                            15,959,859              10,936,471
<PP&E>                                       7,844,238               9,388,485
<DEPRECIATION>                               2,229,568               3,167,708
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                              21,580,156              17,167,074
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                       15,162,166               9,642,740
<BONDS>                                              0                       0
                                0                       0
                                          0                       0
<COMMON>                                           432                     432
<OTHER-SE>                                   3,797,467               5,510,723
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                21,580,156              17,167,074
<SALES>                                              0                       0
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                            41,509,363              44,805,932
<CGS>                                                0                       0
<TOTAL-COSTS>                               38,528,167              41,129,381
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                             2,550,018               1,276,920
<LOSS-PROVISION>                                43,267                 163,454
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                             445,849                 422,393
<INCOME-PRETAX>                               (57,938)               1,813,784
<INCOME-TAX>                                         0                 111,946
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                           (57,938)               1,701,838
<DISCONTINUED>                                       0                       0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                      0                       0
<CHANGES>                                            0                       0
<NET-INCOME>                                  (57,938)               1,701,838
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                        0                       0
<EPS-DILUTED>                                        0                       0
        

</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission